17-User Access and Authentication Command Reference

HomeSupportReference GuidesCommand ReferencesH3C MSR1000[2600][3600] Routers Command Reference(V9)-R9119-6W10017-User Access and Authentication Command Reference
01-AAA commands
Title Size Download
01-AAA commands 1.07 MB

Contents

AAA commands· 1

General AAA commands· 1

aaa abnormal-offline-record enable· 1

aaa nas-id· 1

aaa nas-id profile· 2

aaa nas-id-profile· 3

aaa normal-offline-record enable· 4

aaa offline-record enable· 5

aaa online-fail-record enable· 5

aaa session-id mode· 6

aaa session-limit 7

accounting advpn· 8

accounting command· 9

accounting default 10

accounting dual-stack· 11

accounting lan-access· 12

accounting login· 13

accounting portal 15

accounting ppp· 17

accounting quota-out 18

accounting start-fail 20

accounting update-fail 20

authentication advpn· 21

authentication default 22

authentication ike· 24

authentication lan-access· 25

authentication login· 27

authentication onu· 28

authentication portal 29

authentication ppp· 31

authentication super 32

authorization advpn· 33

authorization command· 35

authorization default 36

authorization ike· 38

authorization lan-access· 38

authorization login· 40

authorization portal 41

authorization ppp· 43

authorization-attribute (ISP domain view) 44

basic-service-ip-type· 47

dhcpv6-follow-ipv6cp· 48

display aaa abnormal-offline-record· 49

display aaa normal-offline-record· 56

display aaa offline-record· 59

display aaa online-fail-record· 63

display domain· 66

display max-user history· 72

domain· 73

domain default enable· 74

domain if-unknown· 75

local-server log change-password-prompt 76

nas-id· 77

nas-id bind· 78

reset aaa abnormal-offline-record· 79

reset aaa normal-offline-record· 79

reset aaa offline-record· 80

reset aaa online-fail-record· 80

service-type (ISP domain view) 81

session-time include-idle-time· 81

state (ISP domain view) 82

state block time-range name· 83

Local user commands· 84

access-limit 84

access-user email authentication· 85

access-user email format 86

access-user email sender 87

access-user email smtp-server 88

authorization-attribute (local user view/user group view) 88

bind-attribute· 92

company· 93

description· 93

display local-guest waiting-approval 94

display local-user 95

display user-group· 99

email 102

full-name· 102

group· 103

local-guest email format 104

local-guest email sender 105

local-guest email smtp-server 105

local-guest generate· 106

local-guest manager-email 107

local-guest send-email 108

local-guest timer 109

local-user 110

local-user auto-delete enable· 111

local-user-export class network· 112

local-user-export class network guest 113

local-user-import class network· 114

local-user-import class network guest 116

password (device management user view) 118

password (network access user view) 119

password (user view) 120

phone· 121

reset local-guest waiting-approval 121

service-type (local user view) 122

sponsor-department 123

sponsor-email 123

sponsor-full-name· 124

state (local user view) 125

user-group· 125

validity-datetime· 126

RADIUS commands· 127

aaa device-id· 127

accounting-on enable· 128

accounting-on extended· 129

attribute 15 check-mode· 130

attribute 25 car 130

attribute 30 mac-format 131

attribute 31 mac-format 132

attribute convert (RADIUS DAS view) 133

attribute convert (RADIUS scheme view) 134

attribute reject (RADIUS DAS view) 135

attribute reject (RADIUS scheme view) 136

attribute remanent-volume· 137

attribute translate· 138

attribute vendor-id 2011 version· 139

client 140

dae-loose-check enable· 141

data-flow-format (RADIUS scheme view) 142

display radius scheme· 142

display radius statistics· 147

display stop-accounting-buffer (for RADIUS) 148

key (RADIUS scheme view) 149

nas-ip (RADIUS scheme view) 150

port 151

primary accounting (RADIUS scheme view) 152

primary authentication (RADIUS scheme view) 153

radius attribute extended· 155

radius authentication-request first 157

radius dscp· 157

radius dynamic-author server 158

radius nas-ip· 159

radius scheme· 160

radius session-control client 161

radius session-control enable· 162

radius source-ip· 162

radius-server test-profile· 164

reset radius statistics· 165

reset stop-accounting-buffer (for RADIUS) 165

response-pending-limit 166

retry· 167

retry realtime-accounting· 168

retry stop-accounting (RADIUS scheme view) 169

secondary accounting (RADIUS scheme view) 170

secondary authentication (RADIUS scheme view) 172

server-block-action (RADIUS scheme view) 174

server-load-sharing enable· 175

snmp-agent trap enable radius· 176

source-ip· 177

state primary· 178

state secondary· 179

stop-accounting-buffer enable (RADIUS scheme view) 180

stop-accounting-packet send-force· 181

threshold remanent-volume· 182

timer quiet (RADIUS scheme view) 183

timer realtime-accounting (RADIUS scheme view) 183

timer response-timeout (RADIUS scheme view) 184

trust ip· 185

trust ipv6· 186

user-name-format (RADIUS scheme view) 187

vpn-instance (RADIUS scheme view) 188

HWTACACS commands· 189

data-flow-format (HWTACACS scheme view) 189

display hwtacacs scheme· 190

display stop-accounting-buffer (for HWTACACS) 194

hwtacacs nas-ip· 195

hwtacacs scheme· 197

key (HWTACACS scheme view) 197

nas-ip (HWTACACS scheme view) 198

primary accounting (HWTACACS scheme view) 200

primary authentication (HWTACACS scheme view) 201

primary authorization· 203

reset hwtacacs statistics· 204

reset stop-accounting-buffer (for HWTACACS) 205

retry stop-accounting (HWTACACS scheme view) 205

secondary accounting (HWTACACS scheme view) 206

secondary authentication (HWTACACS scheme view) 207

secondary authorization· 209

server-block-action (HWTACACS view) 210

stop-accounting-buffer enable (HWTACACS scheme view) 211

timer quiet (HWTACACS scheme view) 212

timer realtime-accounting (HWTACACS scheme view) 213

timer response-timeout (HWTACACS scheme view) 214

user-name-format (HWTACACS scheme view) 214

vpn-instance (HWTACACS scheme view) 215

LDAP commands· 216

attribute-map· 216

authentication-server 217

authorization-server 217

display ldap scheme· 218

group-filter 220

ip· 221

ipv6· 221

ldap attribute-map· 222

ldap scheme· 223

ldap server 224

login-dn· 224

login-password· 225

map· 226

protocol-version· 227

search-base-dn· 227

search-scope· 228

server-timeout 229

user-parameters· 229


AAA commands

General AAA commands

aaa abnormal-offline-record enable

Use aaa abnormal-offline-record enable to enable user abnormal offline recording.

Use undo aaa abnormal-offline-record enable to disable user abnormal offline recording.

Syntax

aaa abnormal-offline-record enable

undo aaa abnormal-offline-record enable

Default

User abnormal offline recording is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This feature enables the system to record information about users that go offline abnormally. These records help the administrator analyze the causes and resolve the issues for abnormal user offline events. To display user abnormal offline records, use the display aaa abnormal-offline-record command.

This feature takes effect only when user offline recording is enabled.

The device can record a maximum of 32768 user abnormal offline records. When the maximum number is reached, a new record overwrites the oldest record.

To reduce the memory usage, you can disable this feature.

Examples

# Enable user abnormal offline recording.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] aaa abnormal-offline-record enable

Related commands

aaa offline-record enable

display aaa abnormal-offline-record

aaa nas-id

Use aaa nas-id to set the NAS-ID on an interface.

Use undo aaa nas-id to restore the default.

Syntax

aaa nas-id nas-identifier

undo aaa nas-id

Default

No NAS-ID is set on an interface.

Views

Layer 3 interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

nas-identifier: Specifies a NAS-ID, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

Usage guidelines

During RADIUS authentication, the device uses a NAS-ID to set the NAS-Identifier attribute of RADIUS packets so that the RADIUS server can identify the access location of users.

You can configure a NAS-ID in NAS-ID profile view, in interface view, or in ISP domain view. The device selects the NAS-ID for the NAS-Identifier attribute in the following order:

1.     NAS-ID bound with VLANs in a NAS-ID profile.

2.     NAS-ID on an interface.

3.     NAS-ID in an ISP domain.

If no NAS-ID is selected, the device uses the device name as the NAS-ID.

The NAS-ID on an interface is applicable only to portal and PPP users.

Examples

# Set the NAS-ID to test on GigabitEthernet 0/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 0/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet0/0/1] aaa nas-id test

 Related commands

aaa nas-id profile

nas-id

aaa nas-id profile

Use aaa nas-id profile to create a NAS-ID profile and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing NAS-ID profile.

Use undo aaa nas-id profile to delete a NAS-ID profile.

Syntax

aaa nas-id profile profile-name

undo aaa nas-id profile profile-name

Default

No NAS-ID profiles exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

profile-name: Specifies the NAS-ID profile name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

Configure a NAS-ID profile to maintain NAS-ID and VLAN bindings on the device.

During RADIUS authentication, the device uses a NAS-ID to set the NAS-Identifier attribute of RADIUS packets so that the RADIUS server can identify the access location of users.

The device selects the NAS-ID for the NAS-Identifier attribute in the following order:

1.     NAS-ID bound with VLANs in a NAS-ID profile.

2.     NAS-ID on an interface.

3.     NAS-ID in an ISP domain.

Examples

# Create a NAS-ID profile named aaa and enter its view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] aaa nas-id profile aaa

[Sysname-nas-id-prof-aaa]

Related commands

aaa nas-id

aaa nas-id-profile

nas-id bind

port-security nas-id-profile

portal nas-id-profile

aaa nas-id-profile

Use aaa nas-id-profile to specify a NAS-ID profile for an interface.

Use undo aaa nas-id-profile to restore the default.

Syntax

aaa nas-id-profile profile-name

undo aaa nas-id-profile

Default

No NAS-ID profile is specified for an interface.

Views

Layer 3 interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

profile-name: Specifies a NAS-ID profile by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

This command takes effect only on portal and PPP users.

For portal users on an interface, the NAS-ID profile specified by using the portal nas-id-profile command takes priority over that specified by using the aaa nas-id-profile command. For more information about the portal nas-id-profile command, see "Portal commands."

Examples

# Specify NAS-ID profile bbb for GigabitEthernet 0/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 0/0/1

[Sysname–GigabitEthernet0/0/1] aaa nas-id-profile bbb

 Related commands

aaa nas-id profile

nas-id bind

portal nas-id-profile

aaa normal-offline-record enable

Use aaa normal-offline-record enable to enable user normal offline recording.

Use undo aaa normal-offline-record enable to disable user normal offline recording.

Syntax

aaa normal-offline-record enable

undo aaa normal-offline-record enable

Default

User normal offline recording is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This feature enables the system to record information about users that go offline normally. These records help the administrator analyze causes of user offline events. To display user normal offline records, use the display aaa normal-offline-record command.

This feature takes effect only when user offline recording is enabled.

The device can record a maximum of 32768 user normal offline records. When the maximum number is reached, a new record overwrites the oldest record.

To reduce the memory usage, you can disable this feature.

Examples

# Enable user normal offline recording.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] aaa normal-offline-record enable

Related commands

aaa offline-record enable

display aaa normal-offline-record

aaa offline-record enable

Use aaa offline-record enable to enable user offline recording.

Use undo aaa offline-record enable to disable user offline recording.

Syntax

aaa offline-record enable

undo aaa offline-record enable

Default

User offline recording is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

You must enable this feature so that user abnormal offline recording and user normal offline recording can take effect. Then, the system can record information about users that go offline normally and abnormally. To display user offline records, use the display aaa offline-record command.

The device can record a maximum of 65536 user offline records. When the maximum number is reached, a new record overwrites the oldest record.

To reduce the memory usage, you can disable this feature.

Examples

# Enable user offline recording.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] aaa offline-record enable

Related commands

aaa abnormal-offline-record enable

aaa normal-offline-record enable

display aaa offline-record

aaa online-fail-record enable

Use aaa online-fail-record enable to enable user online failure recording.

Use undo aaa online-fail-record enable to disable user online failure recording.

Syntax

aaa online-fail-record enable

undo aaa online-fail-record enable

Default

User online failure recording is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This feature enables the system to record information about users that fail to come online. These records help the administrator identify causes of user online failures and check for malicious users. To display user online failure records, use the display aaa online-fail-record command.

The device can record a maximum of 32768 user online failure records. When the maximum number is reached, a new record overwrites the oldest record.

To reduce the memory usage, you can disable this feature.

Examples

# Enable user online failure recording.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] aaa online-fail-record enable

Related commands

display aaa online-fail-record

aaa session-id mode

Use aaa session-id mode to specify the format for attribute Acct-Session-Id.

Use undo aaa session-id mode to restore the default.

Syntax

aaa session-id mode { common | simplified }

undo session-id mode

Default

The device uses the common mode for attribute Acct-Session-Id.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

common: Specifies the common format for attribute Acct-Session-Id. In this format, the Acct-Session-Id attribute is a string with a minimum length of 38 characters. This string contains the prefix (indicating the access type), date and time, sequence number, LIP address of the access node, device ID, and job ID of the access process.

simplified: Specifies the simple format for attribute Acct-Session-Id. In this format, the Acct-Session-Id attribute is a string of 16 characters. This string contains the prefix (indicating the access type), month, sequence number, device ID, and LIP address of the access node.

Usage guidelines

Configure the format for attribute Acct-Session-Id to meet the requirements of the RADIUS servers.

Examples

# Specify the simple format for attribute Acct-Session-Id.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] aaa session-id mode simplified

aaa session-limit

Use aaa session-limit to set the maximum number of concurrent users that can log on to the device through the specified method.

Use undo aaa session-limit to restore the default maximum number of concurrent users for the specified login method.

Syntax

aaa session-limit { ftp | http | https | ssh | telnet } max-sessions

undo aaa session-limit { ftp | http | https | ssh | telnet }

Default

The maximum number of concurrent users is 32 for each user type.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ftp: FTP users.

http: HTTP users.

https: HTTPS users.

ssh: SSH users.

telnet: Telnet users.

max-sessions: Specifies the maximum number of concurrent login users. The value range is 1 to 32 for SSH and Telnet services, and is 1 to 64 for FTP, HTTP, and HTTPS services.

Usage guidelines

After the maximum number of concurrent login users for a user type exceeds the upper limit, the system denies the subsequent users of this type.

For HTTP and HTTPS services, the number of concurrent users of an application is separately limited. For example, if the maximum number of concurrent HTTP users is 20, a maximum of 20 concurrent users are allowed for each HTTP-based application, such as RESTful, Web, and NETCONF.

Examples

# Set the maximum number of concurrent FTP users to 4.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] aaa session-limit ftp 4

accounting advpn

Use accounting advpn to specify accounting methods for ADVPN users.

Use undo accounting advpn to restore the default.

Syntax

accounting advpn { local [ radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ local ] [ none ] }

undo accounting advpn

Default

The default accounting methods of the ISP domain are used for ADVPN users.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

local: Performs local accounting.

none: Does not perform accounting.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can specify one primary accounting method and multiple backup accounting methods.

When the primary method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup methods in sequence. For example, the accounting advpn radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies a primary RADIUS accounting method and two backup methods (local accounting and no accounting). The device performs RADIUS accounting by default and performs local accounting when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform accounting when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote accounting method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified accounting scheme does not exist.

·     Accounting packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any accounting response packets from an accounting server.

The local accounting method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

When the primary accounting method is local, the following rules apply to the accounting of a user:

·     The device uses the backup accounting methods in sequence only if local accounting is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local accounting process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device or the user is not allowed to use the ADVPN service.

·     The device does not turn to the backup accounting methods if local accounting is invalid because of any other reason. Accounting fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform local accounting for ADVPN users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting advpn local

# In ISP domain test, perform RADIUS accounting for ADVPN users based on scheme rd and use local accounting as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting advpn radius-scheme rd local

Related commands

accounting default

local-user

radius scheme

accounting command

Use accounting command to specify the command line accounting method.

Use undo accounting command to restore the default.

Syntax

accounting command hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name

undo accounting command

Default

The default accounting methods of the ISP domain are used for command line accounting.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies an HWTACACS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

The command line accounting feature works with the accounting server to record valid commands that have been successfully executed on the device.

·     When the command line authorization feature is disabled, the accounting server records all valid commands that have been successfully executed.

·     When the command line authorization feature is enabled, the accounting server records only authorized commands that have been successfully executed.

Command line accounting can use only a remote HWTACACS server.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform command line accounting based on HWTACACS scheme hwtac.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting command hwtacacs-scheme hwtac

Related commands

accounting default

command accounting (Fundamentals Command Reference)

hwtacacs scheme

accounting default

Use accounting default to specify default accounting methods for an ISP domain.

Use undo accounting default to restore the default.

Syntax

accounting default { hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name [ radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] | local [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] * [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] }

undo accounting default

Default

The default accounting method of an ISP domain is local.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies an HWTACACS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

local: Performs local accounting.

none: Does not perform accounting.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

The default accounting method is used for all users that support this method and do not have an accounting method configured.

Local accounting is only used for monitoring and controlling the number of local user connections. It does not provide the statistics function that the accounting feature generally provides.

You can specify one primary default accounting method and multiple backup default accounting methods.

When the primary method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup methods in sequence. For example, the accounting default radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies the primary default RADIUS accounting method and two backup methods (local accounting and no accounting). The device performs RADIUS accounting by default and performs local accounting when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform accounting when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote accounting method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified accounting scheme does not exist.

·     Accounting packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any accounting response packets from an accounting server.

The local accounting method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

When the primary accounting method is local, the following rules apply to the accounting of a user:

·     The device uses the backup accounting methods in sequence only if local accounting is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local accounting process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device or the user is not allowed to use the access service.

·     The device does not turn to the backup accounting methods if local accounting is invalid because of any other reason. Accounting fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, use RADIUS scheme rd as the primary default accounting method and use local accounting as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting default radius-scheme rd local

Related commands

hwtacacs scheme

local-user

radius scheme

accounting dual-stack

Use accounting dual-stack to specify the accounting method for dual-stack users.

Use undo accounting dual-stack to restore the default.

Syntax

accounting dual-stack { merge | separate }

undo accounting dual-stack

Default

The merge method applies.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

merge: Merges IPv4 data with IPv6 data for accounting.

separate: Separates IPv4 data from IPv6 data for accounting.

Usage guidelines

If the charging rates are different for IPv4 and IPv6 data, use the separate method for the accounting of dual-stack users.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, configure the device to separate IPv4 data from IPv6 data for the accounting of dual-stack users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting dual-stack separate

accounting lan-access

Use accounting lan-access to specify accounting methods for LAN users.

Use undo accounting lan-access to restore the default.

Syntax

accounting lan-access { broadcast radius-scheme radius-scheme-name1 radius-scheme radius-scheme-name2 [ local ] [ none ] | local [ radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ local ] [ none ] }

undo accounting lan-access

Default

The default accounting methods of the ISP domain are used for LAN users.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

broadcast: Broadcasts accounting requests to servers in RADIUS schemes.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name1: Specifies the primary broadcast RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name2: Specifies the backup broadcast RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

local: Performs local accounting.

none: Does not perform accounting.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can specify one primary accounting method and multiple backup accounting methods.

When the primary method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup methods in sequence. For example, the accounting lan-access radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies a primary RADIUS accounting method and two backup methods (local accounting and no accounting). The device performs RADIUS accounting by default and performs local accounting when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform accounting when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote accounting method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified accounting scheme does not exist.

·     Accounting packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any accounting response packets from an accounting server.

The local accounting method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

The following guidelines apply to broadcast accounting:

·     The device sends accounting requests to the primary accounting servers in the specified broadcast RADIUS schemes at the real-time accounting interval set in the primary broadcast RADIUS scheme. If the primary server is unavailable in a scheme, the device sends accounting requests to the secondary servers of the scheme in the order the servers are configured.

·     The accounting result is determined by the primary broadcast RADIUS scheme. The accounting result from the backup scheme is used as reference only. If the primary scheme does not return any result, the device considers the accounting as a failure.

When the primary accounting method is local, the following rules apply to the accounting of a user:

·     The device uses the backup accounting methods in sequence only if local accounting is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local accounting process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device or the user is not allowed to use the LAN access service.

·     The device does not turn to the backup accounting methods if local accounting is invalid because of any other reason. Accounting fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform local accounting for LAN users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting lan-access local

# In ISP domain test, perform RADIUS accounting for LAN users based on scheme rd and use local accounting as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting lan-access radius-scheme rd local

# In ISP domain test, broadcast accounting requests of LAN users to RADIUS servers in schemes rd1 and rd2, and use local accounting as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting lan-access broadcast radius-scheme rd1 radius-scheme rd2 local

Related commands

accounting default

local-user

radius scheme

timer realtime-accounting

accounting login

Use accounting login to specify accounting methods for login users.

Use undo accounting login to restore the default.

Syntax

accounting login { hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name [ radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] | local [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] * [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] }

undo accounting login

Default

The default accounting methods of the ISP domain are used for login users.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies an HWTACACS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

local: Performs local accounting.

none: Does not perform accounting.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

Accounting is not supported for FTP, SFTP, and SCP users.

You can specify one primary accounting method and multiple backup accounting methods.

When the primary method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup methods in sequence. For example, the accounting login radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies a primary default RADIUS accounting method and two backup methods (local accounting and no accounting). The device performs RADIUS accounting by default and performs local accounting when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform accounting when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote accounting method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified accounting scheme does not exist.

·     Accounting packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any accounting response packets from an accounting server.

The local accounting method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

When the primary accounting method is local, the following rules apply to the accounting of a user:

·     The device uses the backup accounting methods in sequence only if local accounting is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local accounting process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device.

·     The device does not turn to the backup accounting methods if local accounting is invalid because of any other reason. Accounting fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform local accounting for login users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting login local

# In ISP domain test, perform RADIUS accounting for login users based on scheme rd and use local accounting as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting login radius-scheme rd local

Related commands

accounting default

hwtacacs scheme

local-user

radius scheme

accounting portal

Use accounting portal to specify accounting methods for portal users.

Use undo accounting portal to restore the default.

Syntax

accounting portal { broadcast radius-scheme radius-scheme-name1 radius-scheme radius-scheme-name2 [ local ] [ none ] | local [ radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ local ] [ none ] }

undo accounting portal

Default

The default accounting methods of the ISP domain are used for portal users.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

broadcast: Broadcasts accounting requests to servers in RADIUS schemes.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name1: Specifies the primary broadcast RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name2: Specifies the backup broadcast RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

local: Performs local accounting.

none: Does not perform accounting.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can specify one primary accounting method and multiple backup accounting methods.

When the primary method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup methods in sequence. For example, the accounting portal radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies a primary default RADIUS accounting method and two backup methods (local accounting and no accounting). The device performs RADIUS accounting by default and performs local accounting when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform accounting when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote accounting method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified accounting scheme does not exist.

·     Accounting packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any accounting response packets from an accounting server.

The local accounting method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

The following guidelines apply to broadcast accounting:

·     The device sends accounting requests to the primary accounting servers in the specified broadcast RADIUS schemes at the real-time accounting interval set in the primary broadcast RADIUS scheme. If the primary server is unavailable in a scheme, the device sends accounting requests to the secondary servers of the scheme in the order the servers are configured.

·     The accounting result is determined by the primary broadcast RADIUS scheme. The accounting result from the backup scheme is used as reference only. If the primary scheme does not return any result, the device considers the accounting as a failure.

When the primary accounting method is local, the following rules apply to the accounting of a user:

·     The device uses the backup accounting methods in sequence only if local accounting is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local accounting process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device or the user is not allowed to use the portal service.

·     The device does not turn to the backup accounting methods if local accounting is invalid because of any other reason. Accounting fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform local accounting for portal users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting portal local

# In ISP domain test, perform RADIUS accounting for portal users based on scheme rd and use local accounting as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting portal radius-scheme rd local

# In ISP domain test, broadcast accounting requests of portal users to RADIUS servers in schemes rd1 and rd2, and use local accounting as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting portal broadcast radius-scheme rd1 radius-scheme rd2 local

Related commands

accounting default

local-user

radius scheme

timer realtime-accounting

accounting ppp

Use accounting ppp to specify accounting methods for PPP users.

Use undo accounting ppp to restore the default.

Syntax

accounting ppp { broadcast radius-scheme radius-scheme-name1 radius-scheme radius-scheme-name2 [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] | hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name [ radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] | local [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] * [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] }

undo accounting ppp

Default

The default accounting methods of the ISP domain are used for PPP users.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

broadcast: Broadcasts accounting requests to servers in RADIUS schemes.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name1: Specifies the primary broadcast RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name2: Specifies the backup broadcast RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies an HWTACACS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

local: Performs local accounting.

none: Does not perform accounting.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can specify one primary accounting method and multiple backup accounting methods.

When the primary method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup methods in sequence. For example, the accounting ppp radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies a primary RADIUS accounting method and two backup methods (local accounting and no accounting). The device performs RADIUS accounting by default and performs local accounting when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform accounting when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote accounting method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified accounting scheme does not exist.

·     Accounting packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any accounting response packets from an accounting server.

The local accounting method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

The following guidelines apply to broadcast accounting:

·     The device sends accounting requests to the primary accounting servers in the specified broadcast RADIUS schemes at the real-time accounting interval set in the primary broadcast RADIUS scheme. If the primary server is unavailable for a scheme, the device sends accounting requests to the secondary servers of the scheme in the order the servers are configured.

·     The accounting result is determined by the primary broadcast RADIUS scheme. The accounting result from the backup scheme is used as reference only. If the primary scheme does not return any result, the device considers the accounting as a failure.

When the primary accounting method is local, the following rules apply to the accounting of a user:

·     The device uses the backup accounting methods in sequence only if local accounting is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local accounting process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device or the user is not allowed to use the PPP service.

·     The device does not turn to the backup accounting methods if local accounting is invalid because of any other reason. Accounting fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform local accounting for PPP users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting ppp local

# In ISP domain test, perform RADIUS accounting for PPP users based on scheme rd and use local accounting as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting ppp radius-scheme rd local

# In ISP domain test, broadcast accounting requests of PPP users to RADIUS servers in schemes rd1 and rd2, and use local accounting as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting ppp broadcast radius-scheme rd1 radius-scheme rd2 local

Related commands

accounting default

hwtacacs scheme

local-user

radius scheme

timer realtime-accounting

accounting quota-out

Use accounting quota-out to configure access control for users that have used up their data or time accounting quotas.

Use undo accounting quota-out to restore the default.

Syntax

accounting quota-out { offline | online | redirect-url url-string [ stop-accounting ] [ user-profile profile-name ] } [ no-accounting-update ]

undo accounting quota-out

Default

The device sends accounting-update packets to the server to request new quotas for the users that have used up their accounting quotas. A user is logged off if the device does not receive any new quota for the user.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

offline: Logs off users that have used up their accounting quotas.

online: Allows users that have used up their accounting quotas to stay online.

redirect-url url-string: Specifies the URL to which users are redirected when they have used up their accounting quotas. The url-string argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. This option is applicable only to PPPoE users.

stop-accounting: Sends stop-accounting packets for users that have used up their accounting quotas. If you do not specify this keyword, the device does not send stop-accounting packets for users that have used up their accounting quotas.

user-profile profile-name: Specifies a user profile to restrict behavior of users that have used up their accounting quotas. The profile-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. Valid characters include letters, digits, underscores (_), minus signs (-), and dots (.). The string can begin with a letter or digit, but it cannot be all digits. If you do not specify a user profile, the users that have used up their accounting quotas are not restricted by any user profile before they obtain new accounting quotas.

no-accounting-update: Disables the device from sending accounting-update requests to refresh the users' quotas.

Usage guidelines

If the server notifies the device of portal users' remaining accounting quotas, the time that the device logs out portal users that have used up their accounting quotas might be inaccurate.

The server might divide the accounting quota of a user into multiple portions and assign a portion to the user each time. If the server does not support dividing user accounting quota, specify the no-accounting-update keyword to decrease the burden of the server as a best practice.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, configure the device to allow users that have used up their accounting quotas to stay online.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting quota-out online

accounting start-fail

Use accounting start-fail to configure access control for users that encounter accounting-start failures.

Use undo accounting start-fail to restore the default.

Syntax

accounting start-fail { offline | online }

undo accounting start-fail

Default

The device allows users that encounter accounting-start failures to stay online.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

offline: Logs off users that encounter accounting-start failures.

online: Allows users that encounter accounting-start failures to stay online.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, configure the device to allow users that encounter accounting-start failures to stay online.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting start-fail online

accounting update-fail

Use accounting update-fail to configure access control for users that have failed all their accounting-update attempts.

Use undo accounting update-fail to restore the default.

Syntax

accounting update-fail { [ max-times max-times ] offline | online }

undo accounting update-fail

Default

The device allows users that have failed all their accounting-update attempts to stay online.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

max-times max-times: Specifies the maximum number of consecutive accounting-update failures allowed by the device for each user. The value range for the times argument is 1 to 255, and the default value is 1. This configuration takes effect only on PPP and portal users. For the other users, the value is fixed at 1.

offline: Logs off users that have failed all their accounting-update attempts.

online: Allows users that have failed all their accounting-update attempts to stay online.

Usage guidelines

The device sends an accounting update request at a specific interval (timer realtime-accounting). If the device fails to receive any response before the timeout timer expires, it retransmits the request. If the maximum number of retransmissions (retry) is reached and no response is received, the device considers the accounting-update attempt a failure and makes another attempt. If the maximum number of consecutive accounting-update failures is reached, the device considers that the user accounting update fails and performs the specified action (online or offline).

For PPP and portal users, the maximum number of consecutive accounting-update failures is the maximum number of accounting attempts (retry realtime-accounting) multiplied by the max-times value. For the other users, the maximum number of consecutive accounting-update failures is the maximum number of account attempts (retry realtime-accounting).

Examples

# In ISP domain test, configure the device to allow users that have failed all their accounting-update attempts to stay online.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] accounting update-fail online

Related commands

retry

retry realtime-accounting

timer realtime-accounting

authentication advpn

Use authentication advpn to specify authentication methods for ADVPN users.

Use undo authentication advpn to restore the default.

Syntax

authentication advpn { local [ radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ local ] [ none ] }

undo authentication advpn

Default

The default authentication methods of the ISP domain are used for ADVPN users.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

local: Performs local authentication.

none: Does not perform authentication.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can specify one primary authentication method and multiple backup authentication methods.

When the primary method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup methods in sequence. For example, the authentication advpn radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies a primary RADIUS authentication method and two backup methods (local authentication and no authentication). The device performs RADIUS authentication by default and performs local authentication when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform authentication when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote authentication method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified authentication scheme does not exist.

·     Authentication packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any authentication response packets from an authentication server.

The local authentication method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

When the primary authentication method is local, the following rules apply to the authentication of a user:

·     The device uses the backup authentication methods in sequence only if local authentication is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local authentication process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device or the user is not allowed to use the ADVPN service.

·     The device does not turn to the backup authentication methods if local authentication is invalid because of any other reason. Authentication fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform local authentication for ADVPN users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authentication advpn local

# In ISP domain test, perform RADIUS authentication for ADVPN users based on scheme rd and use local authentication as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authentication advpn radius-scheme rd local

Related commands

authentication default

local-user

radius scheme

authentication default

Use authentication default to specify default authentication methods for an ISP domain.

Use undo authentication default to restore the default.

Syntax

authentication default { hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name [ radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] | ldap-scheme ldap-scheme-name [ local ] [ none ] | local [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] * [ none ] | local [ ldap-scheme ldap-scheme-name ] [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] }

undo authentication default

Default

The default authentication method of an ISP domain is local.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies an HWTACACS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

ldap-scheme ldap-scheme-name: Specifies an LDAP scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

local: Performs local authentication.

none: Does not perform authentication.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

The default authentication method is used for all users that support this method and do not have an authentication method configured.

You can specify one primary default authentication method and multiple backup default authentication methods.

When the primary method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup methods in sequence. For example, the authentication default radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies a primary default RADIUS authentication method and two backup methods (local authentication and no authentication). The device performs RADIUS authentication by default and performs local authentication when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform authentication when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote authentication method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified authentication scheme does not exist.

·     Authentication packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any authentication response packets from an authentication server.

The local authentication method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

When the primary authentication method is local, the following rules apply to the authentication of a user:

·     The device uses the backup authentication methods in sequence only if local authentication is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local authentication process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device or the user is not allowed to use the access service.

·     The device does not turn to the backup authentication methods if local authentication is invalid because of any other reason. Authentication fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, use RADIUS scheme rd as the primary default authentication method and use local authentication as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authentication default radius-scheme rd local

Related commands

hwtacacs scheme

ldap scheme

local-user

radius scheme

authentication ike

Use authentication ike to specify extended authentication methods for IKE users.

Use undo authentication ike to restore the default.

Syntax

authentication ike { local [ radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ local ] [ none ] }

undo authentication ike

Default

The default authentication methods of the ISP domain are used for IKE extended authentication.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

local: Performs local authentication.

none: Does not perform authentication.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can specify one primary authentication method and multiple backup authentication methods.

When the primary method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup methods in sequence. For example, the authentication ike radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies a primary RADIUS authentication method and two backup methods (local authentication and no authentication). The device performs RADIUS authentication by default and performs local authentication when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform authentication when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote authentication method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified authentication scheme does not exist.

·     Authentication packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any authentication response packets from an authentication server.

The local authentication method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

When the primary authentication method is local, the following rules apply to the authentication of a user:

·     The device uses the backup authentication methods in sequence only if local authentication is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local authentication process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device or the user is not allowed to use the IKE service.

·     The device does not turn to the backup authentication methods if local authentication is invalid because of any other reason. Authentication fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, configure the device to perform local authentication through IKE extended authentication.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authentication ike local

# In ISP domain test, perform IKE extended authentication based on RADIUS scheme rd and use local authentication as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authentication ike radius-scheme rd local

Related commands

authentication default

local-user

radius scheme

authentication lan-access

Use authentication lan-access to specify authentication methods for LAN users.

Use undo authentication lan-access to restore the default.

Syntax

authentication lan-access { ldap-scheme ldap-scheme-name [ local ] [ none ] | local [ ldap-scheme ldap-scheme-name | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ local ] [ none ] }

undo authentication lan-access

Default

The default authentication methods of the ISP domain are used for LAN users.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ldap-scheme ldap-scheme-name: Specifies an LDAP scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

local: Performs local authentication.

none: Does not perform authentication.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can specify one primary authentication method and multiple backup authentication methods.

When the primary method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup methods in sequence. For example, the authentication lan-access radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies a primary RADIUS authentication method and two backup methods (local authentication and no authentication). The device performs RADIUS authentication by default and performs local authentication when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform authentication when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote authentication method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified authentication scheme does not exist.

·     Authentication packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any authentication response packets from an authentication server.

The local authentication method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

When the primary authentication method is local, the following rules apply to the authentication of a user:

·     The device uses the backup authentication methods in sequence only if local authentication is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local authentication process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device or the user is not allowed to use the LAN access service.

·     The device does not turn to the backup authentication methods if local authentication is invalid because of any other reason. Authentication fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform local authentication for LAN users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authentication lan-access local

# In ISP domain test, perform RADIUS authentication for LAN users based on scheme rd and use local authentication as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authentication lan-access radius-scheme rd local

Related commands

authentication default

ldap scheme

local-user

radius scheme

authentication login

Use authentication login to specify authentication methods for login users.

Use undo authentication login to restore the default.

Syntax

authentication login { hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name [ radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] | ldap-scheme ldap-scheme-name [ local ] [ none ] | local [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] * [ none ] | local [ ldap-scheme ldap-scheme-name ] [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] }

undo authentication login

Default

The default authentication methods of the ISP domain are used for login users.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies an HWTACACS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

ldap-scheme ldap-scheme-name: Specifies an LDAP scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

local: Performs local authentication.

none: Does not perform authentication.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can specify one primary authentication method and multiple backup authentication methods.

When the primary method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup methods in sequence. For example, the authentication login radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies the default primary RADIUS authentication method and two backup methods (local authentication and no authentication). The device performs RADIUS authentication by default and performs local authentication when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform authentication when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote authentication method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified authentication scheme does not exist.

·     Authentication packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any authentication response packets from an authentication server.

The local authentication method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

When the primary authentication method is local, the following rules apply to the authentication of a user:

·     The device uses the backup authentication methods in sequence only if local authentication is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local authentication process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device or the user is not allowed to use the service for accessing the device.

·     The device does not turn to the backup authentication methods if local authentication is invalid because of any other reason. Authentication fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform local authentication for login users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authentication login local

# In ISP domain test, perform RADIUS authentication for login users based on scheme rd and use local authentication as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authentication login radius-scheme rd local

Related commands

authentication default

hwtacacs scheme

ldap scheme

local-user

radius scheme

authentication onu

Use authentication onu to specify authentication methods for ONU users.

Use undo authentication onu to restore the default.

Syntax

authentication onu { local [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ local ] [ none ] }

undo authentication onu

Default

The default authentication methods of the ISP domain are used for ONU users.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

local: Performs local authentication.

none: Does not perform authentication.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can specify one primary authentication method and multiple backup authentication methods.

When the primary method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup methods in sequence. For example, the authentication onu radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies a primary default RADIUS authentication method and two backup methods (local authentication and no authentication). The device performs RADIUS authentication by default and performs local authentication when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform authentication when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote authentication method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified authentication scheme does not exist.

·     Authentication packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any authentication response packets from an authentication server.

The local authentication method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform local authentication for ONU users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authentication onu local

# In ISP domain test, perform RADIUS authentication for ONU users based on scheme rd and use local authentication as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authentication onu radius-scheme rd local

Related commands

authentication default

local-user

radius scheme

authentication portal

Use authentication portal to specify authentication methods for portal users.

Use undo authentication portal to restore the default.

Syntax

authentication portal { ldap-scheme ldap-scheme-name [ local ] [ none ] | local [ ldap-scheme ldap-scheme-name | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ local ] [ none ] }

undo authentication portal

Default

The default authentication methods of the ISP domain are used for portal users.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ldap-scheme ldap-scheme-name: Specifies an LDAP scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

local: Performs local authentication.

none: Does not perform authentication.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can specify one primary authentication method and multiple backup authentication methods.

When the primary method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup methods in sequence. For example, the authentication portal radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies the default primary RADIUS authentication method and two backup methods (local authentication and no authentication). The device performs RADIUS authentication by default and performs local authentication when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform authentication when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote authentication method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified authentication scheme does not exist.

·     Authentication packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any authentication response packets from an authentication server.

The local authentication method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

When the primary authentication method is local, the following rules apply to the authentication of a user:

·     The device uses the backup authentication methods in sequence only if local authentication is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local authentication process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device or the user is not allowed to use the portal service.

·     The device does not turn to the backup authentication methods if local authentication is invalid because of any other reason. Authentication fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform local authentication for portal users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authentication portal local

# In ISP domain test, perform RADIUS authentication for portal users based on scheme rd and use local authentication as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authentication portal radius-scheme rd local

Related commands

authentication default

ldap scheme

local-user

radius scheme

authentication ppp

Use authentication ppp to specify authentication methods for PPP users.

Use undo authentication ppp to restore the default.

Syntax

authentication ppp { hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name [ radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] | local [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] * [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] }

undo authentication ppp

Default

The default authentication methods of the ISP domain are used for PPP users.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies an HWTACACS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

local: Performs local authentication.

none: Does not perform authentication.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can specify one primary authentication method and multiple backup authentication methods.

When the primary method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup methods in sequence. For example, the authentication ppp radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies a primary RADIUS authentication method and two backup methods (local authentication and no authentication). The device performs RADIUS authentication by default and performs local authentication when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform authentication when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote authentication method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified authentication scheme does not exist.

·     Authentication packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any authentication response packets from an authentication server.

The local authentication method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

When the primary authentication method is local, the following rules apply to the authentication of a user:

·     The device uses the backup authentication methods in sequence only if local authentication is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local authentication process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device or the user is not allowed to use the PPP service.

·     The device does not turn to the backup authentication methods if local authentication is invalid because of any other reason. Authentication fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform local authentication for PPP users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authentication ppp local

# In ISP domain test, perform RADIUS authentication for PPP users based on scheme rd and use local authentication as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authentication ppp radius-scheme rd local

Related commands

authentication default

hwtacacs scheme

local-user

radius scheme

authentication super

Use authentication super to specify a method for user role authentication.

Use undo authentication super to restore the default.

Syntax

authentication super { hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name } *

undo authentication super

Default

The default authentication methods of the ISP domain are used for user role authentication.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies an HWTACACS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

To enable a user to obtain another user role without reconnecting to the device, you must configure user role authentication. The device supports local and remote methods for user role authentication. For more information about user role authentication, see RBAC configuration in Fundamentals Configuration Guide.

You can specify one authentication method and one backup authentication method to use in case that the previous authentication method is invalid.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform user role authentication based on HWTACACS scheme tac.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] super authentication-mode scheme

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authentication super hwtacacs-scheme tac

Related commands

authentication default

hwtacacs scheme

radius scheme

authorization advpn

Use authorization advpn to specify authorization methods for ADVPN users.

Use undo authorization advpn to restore the default.

Syntax

authorization advpn { local [ radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ local ] [ none ] }

undo authorization advpn

Default

The default authorization methods of the ISP domain are used for ADVPN users.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

local: Performs local authorization.

none: Does not perform authorization.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

The RADIUS authorization configuration takes effect only when authentication and authorization methods of the ISP domain use the same RADIUS scheme.

You can specify one primary authorization method and multiple backup authorization methods.

When the primary method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup methods in sequence. For example, the authorization advpn radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies a primary RADIUS authorization method and two backup methods (local authorization and no authorization). The device performs RADIUS authorization by default and performs local authorization when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform authorization when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote authorization method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified authorization scheme does not exist.

·     Authorization packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any authorization response packets from an authorization server.

The local authorization method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

When the primary authorization method is local, the following rules apply to the authorization of a user:

·     The device uses the backup authorization methods in sequence only if local authorization is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local authorization process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device or the user is not allowed to use the ADVPN service.

·     The device does not turn to the backup authorization methods if local authorization is invalid because of any other reason. Authorization fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform local authorization for ADVPN users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authorization advpn local

# In ISP domain test, perform RADIUS authorization for ADVPN users based on scheme rd and use local authorization as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authorization advpn radius-scheme rd local

Related commands

authorization default

local-user

radius scheme

authorization command

Use authorization command to specify command authorization methods.

Use undo authorization command to restore the default.

Syntax

authorization command { hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name [ local ] [ none ] | local [ none ] | none }

undo authorization command

Default

The default authorization methods of the ISP domain are used for command authorization.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies an HWTACACS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

local: Performs local authorization.

none: Does not perform authorization. The authorization server does not verify whether the entered commands are permitted by the user role. The commands are executed successfully if the user role has permission to the commands.

Usage guidelines

Command authorization restricts login users to execute only authorized commands by employing an authorization server to verify whether each entered command is permitted.

When local command authorization is configured, the device compares each entered command with the user's configuration on the device. The command is executed only when it is permitted by the user's authorized user roles.

The commands that can be executed are controlled by both the access permission of user roles and command authorization of the authorization server. Access permission only controls whether the authorized user roles have access to the entered commands, but it does not control whether the user roles have obtained authorization to these commands. If a command is permitted by the access permission but denied by command authorization, this command cannot be executed.

You can specify one primary command authorization method and multiple backup command authorization methods.

When the default authorization method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup authorization methods in sequence. For example, the authorization command hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name local none command specifies the default HWTACACS authorization method and two backup methods (local authorization and no authorization). The device performs HWTACACS authorization by default and performs local authorization when the HWTACACS server is invalid. The device does not perform command authorization when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote authorization method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified authorization scheme does not exist.

·     Authorization packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any authorization response packets from an authorization server.

The local authorization method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, configure the device to perform local command authorization.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authorization command local

# In ISP domain test, perform command authorization based on HWTACACS scheme hwtac and use local authorization as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authorization command hwtacacs-scheme hwtac local

Related commands

command authorization (Fundamentals Command Reference)

hwtacacs scheme

local-user

authorization default

Use authorization default to specify default authorization methods for an ISP domain.

Use undo authorization default to restore the default.

Syntax

authorization default { hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name [ radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] | local [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] * [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] }

undo authorization default

Default

The default authorization method of an ISP domain is local.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies an HWTACACS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

local: Performs local authorization.

none: Does not perform authorization. The following default authorization information applies after users pass authentication:

·     Login users obtain the level-0 user role. Login users include the Telnet, FTP, SFTP, SCP, and terminal users. Terminal users can access the device through the console port. For more information about the level-0 user role, see RBAC configuration in Fundamentals Configuration Guide.

·     The working directory for FTP, SFTP, and SCP login users is the root directory of the NAS. However, the users do not have permission to access the root directory.

·     Non-login users can access the network.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

The default authorization method is used for all users that support this method and do not have an authorization method configured.

The RADIUS authorization configuration takes effect only when the authentication method and authorization method of the ISP domain use the same RADIUS scheme.

You can specify one primary authorization method and multiple backup authorization methods.

When the default authorization method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup authorization methods in sequence. For example, the authorization default radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies the default RADIUS authorization method and two backup methods (local authorization and no authorization). The device performs RADIUS authorization by default and performs local authorization when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform authorization when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote authorization method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified authorization scheme does not exist.

·     Authorization packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any authorization response packets from an authorization server.

The local authorization method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

When the primary authorization method is local, the following rules apply to the authorization of a user:

·     The device uses the backup authorization methods in sequence only if local authorization is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local authorization process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device or the user is not allowed to use the access service.

·     The device does not turn to the backup authorization methods if local authorization is invalid because of any other reason. Authorization fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, use RADIUS scheme rd as the primary default authorization method and use local authorization as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authorization default radius-scheme rd local

Related commands

hwtacacs scheme

local-user

radius scheme

authorization ike

Use authorization ike to specify authorization methods for IKE extended authentication.

Use undo authorization ike to restore the default.

Syntax

authorization ike { local [ none ] | none }

undo authorization ike

Default

The default authorization methods of the ISP domain are used for IKE extended authentication.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

local: Performs local authorization.

none: Does not perform authorization.

Usage guidelines

You can specify one primary authorization method and one backup authorization method.

When the primary method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup method.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform local authorization for IKE extended authentication.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authorization ike local

Related commands

authorization default

local-user

authorization lan-access

Use authorization lan-access to specify authorization methods for LAN users.

Use undo authorization lan-access to restore the default.

Syntax

authorization lan-access { local [ radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ local ] [ none ] }

undo authorization lan-access

Default

The default authorization methods of the ISP domain are used for LAN users.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

local: Performs local authorization.

none: Does not perform authorization. An authenticated LAN user directly accesses the network.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

The RADIUS authorization configuration takes effect only when authentication and authorization methods of the ISP domain use the same RADIUS scheme.

You can specify one primary authorization method and multiple backup authorization methods.

When the primary method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup methods in sequence. For example, the authorization lan-access radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies a primary RADIUS authorization method and two backup methods (local authorization and no authorization). The device performs RADIUS authorization by default and performs local authorization when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform authorization when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote authorization method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified authorization scheme does not exist.

·     Authorization packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any authorization response packets from an authorization server.

The local authorization method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

When the primary authorization method is local, the following rules apply to the authorization of a user:

·     The device uses the backup authorization methods in sequence only if local authorization is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local authorization process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device or the user is not allowed to use the LAN access service.

·     The device does not turn to the backup authorization methods if local authorization is invalid because of any other reason. Authorization fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform local authorization for LAN users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authorization lan-access local

# In ISP domain test, perform RADIUS authorization for LAN users based on scheme rd and use local authorization as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authorization lan-access radius-scheme rd local

Related commands

authorization default

local-user

radius scheme

authorization login

Use authorization login to specify authorization methods for login users.

Use undo authorization login to restore the default.

Syntax

authorization login { hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name [ radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] | local [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] * [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] }

undo authorization login

Default

The default authorization methods of the ISP domain are used for login users.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies an HWTACACS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

local: Performs local authorization.

none: Does not perform authorization. The following default authorization information applies after users pass authentication:

·     Login users obtain the level-0 user role. Login users include the Telnet, FTP, SFTP, SCP, and terminal users. Terminal users can access the device through the console port. For more information about the level-0 user role, see RBAC configuration in Fundamentals Configuration Guide.

·     The working directory for FTP, SFTP, and SCP login users is the root directory of the NAS. However, the users do not have permission to access the root directory.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

The RADIUS authorization configuration takes effect only when the authentication method and authorization method of the ISP domain use the same RADIUS scheme.

You can specify one primary authorization method and multiple backup authorization methods.

When the default authorization method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup authorization methods in sequence. For example, the authorization login radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies the default RADIUS authorization method and two backup methods (local authorization and no authorization). The device performs RADIUS authorization by default and performs local authorization when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform authorization when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote authorization method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified authorization scheme does not exist.

·     Authorization packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any authorization response packets from an authorization server.

The local authorization method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

When the primary authorization method is local, the following rules apply to the authorization of a user:

·     The device uses the backup authorization methods in sequence only if local authorization is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local authorization process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device or the user is not allowed to use the service for accessing the device.

·     The device does not turn to the backup authorization methods if local authorization is invalid because of any other reason. Authorization fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform local authorization for login users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authorization login local

# In ISP domain test, perform RADIUS authorization for login users based on scheme rd and use local authorization as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authorization login radius-scheme rd local

Related commands

authorization default

hwtacacs scheme

local-user

radius scheme

authorization portal

Use authorization portal to specify authorization methods for portal users.

Use undo authorization portal to restore the default.

Syntax

authorization portal { local [ radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ local ] [ none ] }

undo authorization portal

Default

The default authorization methods of the ISP domain are used for portal users.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

local: Performs local authorization.

none: Does not perform authorization. An authenticated portal user directly accesses the network.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

The RADIUS authorization configuration takes effect only when the authentication method and authorization method of the ISP domain use the same RADIUS scheme.

You can specify one primary authorization method and multiple backup authorization methods.

When the default authorization method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup authorization methods in sequence. For example, the authorization portal radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies the default RADIUS authorization method and two backup methods (local authorization and no authorization). The device performs RADIUS authorization by default and performs local authorization when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform authorization when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote authorization method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified authorization scheme does not exist.

·     Authorization packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any authorization response packets from an authorization server.

The local authorization method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

When the primary authorization method is local, the following rules apply to the authorization of a user:

·     The device uses the backup authorization methods in sequence only if local authorization is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local authorization process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device or the user is not allowed to use the portal service.

·     The device does not turn to the backup authorization methods if local authorization is invalid because of any other reason. Authorization fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform local authorization for portal users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authorization portal local

# In ISP domain test, perform RADIUS authorization for portal users based on scheme rd and use local authorization as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authorization portal radius-scheme rd local

Related commands

authorization default

local-user

radius scheme

authorization ppp

Use authorization ppp to specify authorization methods for PPP users.

Use undo authorization ppp to restore the default.

Syntax

authorization ppp { hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name [ radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] | local [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name ] * [ none ] | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name ] [ local ] [ none ] }

undo authorization ppp

Default

The default authorization methods of the ISP domain are used for PPP users.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies an HWTACACS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

local: Performs local authorization.

none: Does not perform authorization.

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

The RADIUS authorization configuration takes effect only when the authentication method and authorization method of the ISP domain use the same RADIUS scheme.

You can specify one primary authorization method and multiple backup authorization methods.

When the primary method is invalid, the device attempts to use the backup methods in sequence. For example, the authorization ppp radius-scheme radius-scheme-name local none command specifies a primary RADIUS authorization method and two backup methods (local authorization and no authorization). The device performs RADIUS authorization by default and performs local authorization when the RADIUS server is invalid. The device does not perform authorization when both of the previous methods are invalid.

The remote authorization method is invalid in the following situations:

·     The specified authorization scheme does not exist.

·     Authorization packet sending fails.

·     The device does not receive any authorization response packets from an authorization server.

The local authorization method is invalid if the device fails to find the matching local user configuration.

When the primary authorization method is local, the following rules apply to the authorization of a user:

·     The device uses the backup authorization methods in sequence only if local authorization is invalid for one of the following reasons:

¡     An exception occurs in the local authorization process.

¡     The user account is not configured on the device or the user is not allowed to use the PPP service.

·     The device does not turn to the backup authorization methods if local authorization is invalid because of any other reason. Authorization fails for the user.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, perform local authorization for PPP users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authorization ppp local

# In ISP domain test, perform RADIUS authorization for PPP users based on scheme rd and use local authorization as the backup.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authorization ppp radius-scheme rd local

Related commands

authorization default

hwtacacs scheme

local-user

radius scheme

authorization-attribute (ISP domain view)

Use authorization-attribute to configure authorization attributes for users in an ISP domain.

Use undo authorization-attribute to restore the default of an authorization attribute.

Syntax

authorization-attribute { acl acl-number | car inbound cir committed-information-rate [ pir peak-information-rate ] outbound cir committed-information-rate [ pir peak-information-rate ] | idle-cut minutes [ flow ] [ traffic { both | inbound | outbound } ] | igmp max-access-number max-access-number | ip-pool ipv4-pool-name | ipv6-pool ipv6-pool-name | ipv6-prefix ipv6-prefix prefix-length | mld max-access-number max-access-number | { primary-dns | secondary-dns } { ip ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } | session-group-profile session-group-profile-name | session-timeout timeout | url url-string | user-group user-group-name | user-priority { inbound | outbound } priority | user-profile profile-name | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name }

undo authorization-attribute { acl | car | idle-cut | igmp | ip-pool | ipv6-pool | ipv6-prefix | mld | { primary-dns | secondary-dns } { ip | ipv6 }| session-group-profile | session-timeout | url | user-group | user-priority { inbound | outbound } | user-profile | vpn-instance }

Default

The idle cut feature is disabled.

An IPv4 user can concurrently join a maximum of four IGMP multicast groups.

An IPv6 user can concurrently join a maximum of four MLD multicast groups.

No other authorization attributes exist.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

acl acl-number: Specifies an ACL to filter traffic for users. The value range for the acl-number argument is 2000 to 5999. This option is applicable only to portal and LAN users. The device processes the traffic that matches the rules in the authorization ACL based on the permit or deny statement in the rules.

car: Specifies a CAR action for users. Typically, the attribute applies to authenticated users. If you configure the attribute in a portal preauthentication domain, the CAR action applies before portal authentication. This keyword is applicable only to LAN, portal, and PPP users.

inbound: Specifies the upload rate of users.

outbound: Specifies the download rate of users.

cir committed-information-rate: Specifies the committed information rate in kbps. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

pir peak-information-rate: Specifies the peak information rate in kbps. The peak information rate cannot be smaller than the committed information rate. If you do not specify this option, the CAR action does not restrict users by peak information rate. The value range for this argument varies by device model.

idle-cut minutes: Specifies an idle timeout period in minutes. The value range for the minutes argument is 1 to 600. This option is applicable only to PPP users.

flow: Specifies the minimum traffic that must be generated in the idle timeout period in bytes. The value range is 1 to 10240000, and the default value is 10240.

traffic: Specifies the traffic direction for the idle cut feature. If you do not specify this keyword, the idle cut feature applies to both traffic directions.

both: Specifies both traffic directions.

inbound: Specifies the inbound direction.

outbound: Specifies the outbound direction.

igmp max-access-number max-access-number: Specifies the maximum number of IGMP groups that an IPv4 user can join concurrently. The value range for the max-access-number argument is 1 to 64. This option is applicable only to portal and PPP users.

ip-pool ipv4-pool-name: Specifies an IPv4 pool for users. The ipv4-pool-name argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. This option is applicable only to PPP, IKE, and portal users.

ipv6-pool ipv6-pool-name: Specifies an IPv6 pool for users. The ipv6-pool-name argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. This option is applicable only to portal and PPP users.

ipv6-prefix ipv6-prefix prefix-length: Specifies an IPv6 address prefix for users. The value range for the prefix-length argument is 1 to 128. This option is applicable only to PPP users.

mld max-access-number max-access-number: Specifies the maximum number of MLD groups that an IPv6 user can join concurrently. The value range for the max-access-number argument is 1 to 64. This option is applicable only to portal and PPP users.

primary-dns ip ipv4-address: Specifies the IPv4 address of the primary DNS server for users. This option is applicable only to PPP users.

primary-dns ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of the primary DNS server for users. This option is applicable only to PPP users.

secondary-dns ip ipv4-address: Specifies the IPv4 address of the secondary DNS server for users. This option is applicable only to PPP users.

secondary-dns ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of the secondary DNS server for users. This option is applicable only to PPP users.

session-group-profile session-group-profile-name: Specifies an authorization session group profile for users. The session-group-profile-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters and can contain only letters, digits, underscores (_), minus signs (-), and dots (.). The string can begin with a letter or a digit, but it cannot be all digits. Typically, the attribute applies to authenticated users. If you configure the attribute in a portal preauthentication domain, the session group profile applies before portal authentication. This option is applicable only to portal and PPP users.

session-timeout timeout: Sets the session timeout timer for users, in seconds. The value range for the timeout argument is 1 to 4294967294. The device logs out a user when the session timeout timer expires for that user. If the RADIUS server assigns that user the Session-Timeout attribute, the value in the assigned attribute takes precedence over the session timeout timer set on the device. The session timeout timer attribute is applicable only to PPP, portal, and LAN users.

url url-string: Specifies a redirect URL for users. The url-string argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. The URL must start with http:// or https://. You can configure the redirect URL attribute to push advertisements or notifications to users after the users pass authentication or push bill overdue notifications to users. This option is applicable only to IPoE and LAN users. For IPoE users, you must specify a URL with port number 80 or 443.

user-group user-group-name: Specifies a user group for users. The user-group-name argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters. Authenticated users obtain all attributes of the user group.

user-priority: Specifies a user priority for users. The device uses the specified user priority to perform QoS priority mapping on user packets, and then assigns the user packets to a queue based on the target priority. Packets in a high-priority queue are preferentially scheduled when congestion occurs. In addition to priority mapping, the device replaces the value of the IP Precedence field in upstream packets of users with the specified user priority. You can set the upstream user priority in conjunction with the downstream user priority. By default, no user priority is assigned to users. The user priority attribute is applicable to portal users.

inbound: Applies the user priority to upstream packets of users.

outbound: Applies the user priority to downstream packets of users.

priority: Specifies a user priority in the range of 0 to 7. The greater the value, the higher the priority.

user-profile profile-name: Specifies an authorization user profile by its name. The profile-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. Valid characters include letters, digits, underscores (_), minus signs (-), and dots (.). The string can begin with a letter or digit, but it cannot be all digits. Typically, the attribute applies to authenticated users. If you configure the attribute in a portal preauthentication domain, the user profile applies before portal authentication. This option is applicable only to PPP, portal, and LAN users.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the users belong. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. When a user passes authentication, it has permission to access the network resources in the specified VPN. This option is applicable only to PPP users.

Usage guidelines

When the idle cut feature is configured, the device periodically detects the traffic of each online user. The device logs out users that do not meet the minimum traffic requirement in the idle timeout period. When the idle cut feature is disabled on the device, the idle cut feature of the server takes effect. The server considers a user idle if the user's traffic is less than 10240 bytes in a configurable idle timeout period.

If the server or NAS does not authorize any attributes to an authenticated user, the device authorizes the attributes in the ISP domain to the user. However, if the server authorizes the CAR action attribute only for one direction, the device does not authorize the CAR action attribute of the ISP domain for the other direction.

You can configure multiple authorization attributes for users in an ISP domain. If you execute the command multiple times with the same attribute specified, the most recent configuration takes effect.

When you specify an authorization ACL, the following restrictions apply:

·     The authorization ACL is invalid if it does not exist or does not contain rules. If strict checking on authorization ACLs is enabled for portal users in this situation, portal users will be forced offline.

·     Support for the VPN instance parameter in the ACL rules for LAN users depends on the device model.

·     Support for the VPN instance parameter in the ACL rules for portal users depends on the device model.

·     For portal users to come online after passing authentication, make sure ACLs assigned to portal users do not have rules specified with a source IP or MAC address.

Examples

# Specify user group abc as the authorization user group for users in ISP domain test.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] authorization-attribute user-group abc

Related commands

display domain

basic-service-ip-type

Use basic-service-ip-type to specify the types of IP addresses that PPPoE and L2TP users must rely on to use the basic services.

Use undo basic-service-ip-type to restore the default.

Syntax

basic-service-ip-type { ipv4 | ipv6 | ipv6-pd } *

undo basic-service-ip-type

Default

PPPoE and L2TP users do not rely on any types of IP addresses to use the basic services.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv4: Specifies the IPv4 address type.

ipv6: Specifies the IPv6 address type.

ipv6-pd: Specifies the IPv6-PD address type. This type of IPv6 addresses are generated based on the DHCPv6 server-assigned prefix.

Usage guidelines

This command takes effect only when the device acts as a PPPoE server or L2TP LNS.

A PPPoE or L2TP user might request multiple services of different IP address types. The device logs off the user if the user does not obtain the IP addresses of all types for the services. This command enables the device to allow the user to come online if the user has obtained IP addresses of the specified types for the basic services.

The device does not allow a PPPoE or L2TP user to come online if the user does not obtain IP addresses of all the specified types for the basic services. For example, if you execute the basic-service-ip-type ipv6 command, the device does not allow a PPPoE or L2TP user to come online if the user does not obtain an IPv6 address.

If you specify both the ipv6 and ipv6-pd keywords, the device does not allow a PPPoE or L2TP user that fails IPv6 address negotiation or PD negotiation to come online.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, specify PPPoE and L2TP users to rely on IPv4 addresses to use the basic services.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] basic-service-ip-type ipv4

Related commands

display domain

dhcpv6-follow-ipv6cp

Use dhcpv6-follow-ipv6cp to set the IPv6 address wait timer for PPPoE and L2TP users.

Use undo dhcpv6-follow-ipv6cp to restore the default.

Syntax

dhcpv6-follow-ipv6cp timeout delay-time

undo dhcpv6-follow-ipv6cp

Default

No IPv6 address wait timer is set for PPPoE and L2TP users.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

timeout delay-time: Sets the IPv6 address wait timer, in the range of 30 to 1000 seconds.

Usage guidelines

This command takes effect only when the device acts as a PPPoE server or L2TP LNS.

The IPv6 address wait timer defines the maximum amount of time that a user can wait before the device determines that the user fails to obtain an IPv6 address or PD prefix.

The device starts an IPv6 address wait timer for a user after it finishes IPv6CP negotiation with the user. If the user's basic service relies on an IPv6 address or PD prefix but it fails to obtain any IPv6 address or PD prefix when the timer expires, the user cannot come online.

As a best practice, increase the IPv6 address wait timer in the following situations:

·     The network connectivity is unstable.

·     The device uses DHCPv6 to assign IPv6 addresses to users.

·     The ISP domain serves a large number of PPPoE and L2TP users.

Examples

# In ISP domain test, set the IPv6 address wait timer to 90 seconds for PPPoE and L2TP users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] dhcpv6-follow-ipv6cp timeout 90

Related commands

basic-service-ip-type

display domain

display aaa abnormal-offline-record

Use display aaa abnormal-offline-record to display user abnormal offline records.

Syntax

display aaa abnormal-offline-record { access-type {  lan-access | login | portal | ppp } | domain domain-name | interface interface-type interface-number | { ip ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } | mac-address mac-address | slot slot-number | username user-name [ fuzzy-match ] } * [ brief | count count ]

display aaa abnormal-offline-record offline-reason { idle-cut | quota-out | realtime-acct-fail | session-timeout | user-detect-fail } [ brief ]

display aaa abnormal-offline-record time begin-time end-time [ date begin-date end-date ] [ brief ]

display aaa abnormal-offline-record

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

access-type: Specifies users by the access type.

lan-access: Specifies LAN users.

login: Specifies login users, such as SSH users, Telnet users, and FTP users.

portal: Specifies portal users.

ppp: Specifies PPP users.

domain domain-name: Specifies an ISP domain by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its interface type and interface number.

ip ipv4-address: Specifies a user by its IPv4 address.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies a user by its IPv6 address.

mac-address mac-address: Specifies a user by its MAC address in the format of H-H-H.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays user abnormal offline records for all cards.

username user-name: Specifies users using the specified username, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

fuzzy-match: Matches the username in fuzzy mode. In fuzzy mode, a user matches if the user's username includes the specified username. If you do not specify this keyword, the device matches the username in exact mode. In exact mode, a user matches if the user's username is the same as the specified username.

offline-reason: Specifies a user offline reason.

idle-cut: Specifies the reason as session idle timeout.

quota-out: Specifies the reason as data quota out.

realtime-acct-fail: Specifies the reason as realtime accounting failure.

session-timeout: Specifies the reason as session timeout.

user-detect-fail: Specifies the reason as user online detection failure.

time: Specifies user abnormal offline records generated in a time range.

begin-time: Specifies the start time in the format of hh:mm:ss. The value range for the hh argument is 0 to 23. The value range for the mm and ss arguments is 0 to 59.

end-time: Specifies the end time in the format of hh:mm:ss. The value range for the hh argument is 0 to 23. The value range for the mm and ss arguments is 0 to 59.

date: Specifies a date range. If you do not specify a date range, this command displays user abnormal offline records on the current day.

begin-date: Specifies the start date in the format of MM/DD/YYYY or YYYY/MM/DD. The value range for the MM argument is 1 to 12. The value range for the DD argument varies with the specified month. The value range for the YYYY argument is 2000 to 2035.

end-date: Specifies the end date in the format of MM/DD/YYYY or YYYY/MM/DD. The value range for the MM argument is 1 to 12. The value range for the DD argument varies with the specified month. The value range for the YYYY argument is 2000 to 2035.

brief: Displays brief information about user abnormal offline records. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays detailed information about user abnormal offline records.

count count: Specifies the number of user abnormal offline records to be displayed. The value range for the count argument is 1 to 32768.

Usage guidelines

You can specify multiple query criteria to filter user abnormal offline records. This command displays the most recent user abnormal offline records that match the specified criteria in reverse chronological order.

If user abnormal offline records exist in the system, you can use this command to display the records regardless of whether user abnormal offline recording is enabled or not.

If you do not specify any parameters, this command displays detailed information about user abnormal offline records for all users.

The usernames that the server sends to the device might include invisible characters. For the device to display the records for users with such usernames, you must specify the fuzzy-match keyword in this command.

Examples

# Display detailed information about abnormal offline records for all users.

<Sysname> display aaa abnormal-offline-record

Total count: 1

Username: jay

Domain: dm1

MAC address: -

Access type: SSH

Access interface: GigabitEthernet0/0/1

SVLAN/CVLAN: -/-

IP address: 19.19.0.2

IPv6 address: -

Online request time: 2020-01-02 15:20:33

Offline time: 2020-2-28 15:20:56

Offline reason: User disconnected from the server.

# Display brief information about abnormal offline records for login users.

<Sysname> display aaa abnormal-offline-record access-type login brief

Username: jay

MAC address: -

IP address: 11.2.2.41

IPv6 address: -

Offline reason: User disconnected from the server.

Table 1 Command output

Field

Description

Total count

Total number of matching user abnormal offline records.

Username

Name of the user.

This field does not display anything if the system failed to obtain the username.

Domain

Name of the ISP domain to which the user belongs.

This field does not display anything if the system failed to obtain the ISP domain.

MAC address

MAC address of the user.

This filed displays a hyphen (-) if the system failed to obtain the MAC address.

Access type

Access type of the user:

·     PPPoPhy—PPP over physical link.

·     PPPoE.

·     PPPoL2TP—PPP over L2TP.

·     PPPoFR—PPP over Frame Relay.

·     VPPP—L2TP auto dial-up.

·     Telnet.

·     FTP.

·     SSH.

·     Portal.

·     NETCONF over SOAP.

·     NETCONF over RESTful.

·     Web—Web login.

·     Terminal—Terminal login such as console login.

Access interface

Interface through which the user accesses the network.

This field displays a hyphen (-) if the system failed to obtain the access interface.

SVLAN/CVLAN

SVLAN and CVLAN to which the user belongs.

This field displays a hyphen (-) for the SVLAN or CVLAN in the following situations:

·     The user does not belong to an SVLAN.

·     The system failed to obtain the SVLAN or CVLAN of the user.

IP address

IPv4 address of the user.

This field displays a hyphen (-) if the system failed to obtain the IPv4 address.

IPv6 address

IPv6 address of the user.

This field displays a hyphen (-) if the system failed to obtain the IPv6 address.

Online request time

Time when the user requested to come online.

Offline time

Time when the user went offline.

Offline reason

Reason that the user went offline. For more information about the reasons, see Table 2.

 

Table 2 shows the reasons that users fail to come online and that users go offline. Support for the reasons depends on device type.

Table 2 User online failure reasons and user offline reasons

Reason

Description

Lost carrier.

The physical link went down.

Lost service.

The service that the user requested is not supported.

NAS error.

An error occurred on the device.

NAS reboot.

The device rebooted.

Admin reboot.

The administrator rebooted the device.

Process exit.

The access process exited.

NAS request.

The device requested to log out the user.

Cut command.

The administrator manually logged out the user at the CLI.

Logged off by the RADIUS server.

The RADIUS server logged out the user.

User request.

The user requested to go offline.

Authentication failed

Authentication failed.

Authorization failed.

Authorization failed.

Start accounting failed.

The device failed to start accounting for the user.

No AAA response during authentication.

The device did not receive a response from the remote authentication server within the authentication timeout time.

RADIUS authentication rejected.

The user failed RADIUS authentication because the username or password was inconsistent with that on the RADIUS server.

AAA authorization information invalid.

The authorization information was invalid or the device did not have configuration of the authorized items.

No AAA response for accounting start.

The device did not receive a response for the start-accounting request sent to the remote server within the start-accounting timeout time.

Authentication request to AAA failed.

The device failed to send the authentication request to the RADIUS server because the route between the device and the RADIUS server is unreachable.

Accounting request to AAA failed.

The device failed to send the accounting request to the RADIUS server because the route between the device and the RADIUS server is unreachable.

TACACS authentication rejected.

The user failed HWTACACS authentication because the username or password was inconsistent with that on the HWTACACS server.

Authentication method error.

The authentication method of the user was inconsistent with the authentication method configured on the access interface.

No AAA response for accounting stop.

The device did not receive a response for the stop-accounting request sent to the server.

The local user doesn't exist.

The local user does not exist on the device.

Local authentication request was rejected.

The user failed local authentication because of incorrect password.

IP assignment failed.

IP address assignment for the user failed.

Concurrent user login limit reached.

Maximum number of concurrent local users that use the username already reached.

NAS interface access limit reached.

Maximum number of online users on the interface already reached.

Maximum number of concurrent users that use this account already reached.

Maximum number of concurrent users that use the username already reached.

PPP negotiation terminated.

PPP negotiation for the user failed.

Insufficient hardware resources.

Hardware resources were insufficient.

Failed to obtain IPv6 prefix.

No IPv6 prefix was available to be assigned to the user.

No response from DHCP server.

The device did not receive a response for the request sent to the DHCP server to apply an IP address for the user.

DHCP IP address allocation failure.

DHCPv6 address assignment for the user failed. Possible reasons include:

·     No authorization IPv6 pool is configured in the ISP domain.

·     The IPv6 pool is being locked.

DHCP session conflict.

The DHCP session to be created conflicted with an existing DHCP session.

DHCP user request.

The DHCP user requested to go offline.

DHCP lease timeout.

The allocated IP address lease of the DHCP user expired.

DHCP declined.

The device received a DHCP-decline packet from the DHCP user because the allocated IP address was being used by another DHCP user.

DHCP configuration changed.

The DHCP configuration changed.

NAK from the DHCP server or tenant duration is 0.

The IP address that the DHCP user requested was not on the network segment specified for IP assignment on the device or the lease duration of the address was not extended.

IP conflict on DHCP server.

The device detected an IP address conflict.

DHCP server notified.

The DHCP server instructed the device to log out the user.

DHCP server notified, and the device deleted the user.

The DHCP server instructed the device to log out the user and the device deleted the user.

The static session already exists.

The dynamic IPoE session to be created conflicted with an existing static IPoE session.

NAT444 failed.

IPoE failed to collaborate with NAT444.

The ND RS session is updated.

The device received a new ND RS session request for the user when the user was online.

L2TP tunnel terminated by the peer.

The peer device terminated the L2TP tunnel. It might because the peer device determined that the user had gone offline.

The peer did not respond to control packets.

The peer device did not respond to the PPP control packet from the device.

Failed to set up an L2TP session.

An L2TP session was failed to be created.

Repeated LCP negotiation packets.

The device received a duplicated LCP negotiation packet. It might because the user terminated the connection and then initiated a connection again.

Failed to assign a user rule.

The device failed to issue a portal user rule to the user.

COA failure.

The device failed to process a CoA message for the user.

Failed to update authorization information.

The device failed to update the authorization information for the user.

Realtime accounting request to AAA failed.

The real-time accounting request for the user failed.

Session timeout.

The session of the user timed out.

Data quota limit reached.

The data quotas of the user were used up.

Session idle cut.

The device logged out of the user because the user's traffic in the idle timeout period at the specified direction is less than the specified minimum traffic.

User online detection failure.

The user failed online detection.

Port was removed from VLAN.

The access interface of the user was removed from the VLAN.

Port error.

A port error occurred.

Interface down or deactive.

The protocol of the interface went down, the link on the interface went down, or the interface was deactivated.

VSRP status changed.

VSRP status changed.

Backup device deleted user data that is inconsistent with data on the master device.

The backup device in the VSRP group deleted user data inconsistent with data on the master device.

MAC address change.

The MAC address of the user changed.

Failed to recover AAA resources.

The device failed to recover AAA resources for the user.

Deleted users because of inter-card session conflict.

The device deleted the user because sessions on different cards conflict.

User aged out before coming online.

The online wait timer for the user expired.

MPU-LPU data synchronization failure.

Inter-card data smoothing failed.

Failed to synchronize data with DHCP server.

The device failed to synchronize data with the DHCP server.

Failed to synchronize data with portal server.

The device failed to synchronize data with the portal server.

Failed to synchronize user information with the server.

The device failed to synchronize user data with the DHCP server.

User recovery failure.

User data recovery failed.

Failed to obtain physical information.

The device failed to obtain physical information of the user.

Authorization ACL for the online user changed.

The authorization ACL for the user changed.

Authorization user profile for the online user changed.

The authorization user profile for the user changed.

Magic number check failed.

Magic number check failed.

Reauthentication failed.

Reauthentication for the user failed.

No AAA response during realtime accounting.

The device did not receive a response for the real-time accounting request sent to the server.

Portal notified.

Portal instructed the device to log out the user.

Invalid username or password.

Invalid username or password.

No VTY line available.

No available VTY line because the maximum number of users that use VTY lines already reached.

SSH server received a packet with an incorrect message authentication code.

The message authentication code in the packet from the SSH client was incorrect.

User disconnected from the server.

The SSH or FTP user disconnected from the server.

No working directory available.

No working directory is available.

PTY allocation failed.

PTY allocation failed.

FTP server error.

The user failed to log in to the FTP server because an error existed on the FTP server.

Server is disabled.

The service was disabled.

Service type not supported.

The type of the service that the user requested was not supported.

RBAC denied file management operations in the login command.

RBAC denied file management operations in the login command.

Failed to issue RBAC access permissions to the login user.

The device failed to issue RBAC access permissions to the login user.

NETCONF inner error.

An internal NETCONF error occurred.

NETCONF session was terminated by another NETCONF session.

The NETCONF session of the user was terminated by another NETCONF session.

Failed to allocate public network ports in a CGN network.

Public network port allocation failed on the CGN network.

Failed to obtain an IP address of the type specified for basic services of users.

The user failed to obtain an IP address of the type specified for the basic services of the user.

UserGroup configuration changed.

The configuration of the user group changed.

Service-type mismatch.

Failed to find the service type configuration of the local user.

The local user is blocked.

The local user is in blocked state.

The local user is in the password control blacklist.

The local user is in the password control blacklist.

Binding attributes mismatch.

The attributes of the local user do not match the binding attributes.

The ISP domain does not exist.

The authentication ISP domain does not exist.

The ISP domain is blocked.

The ISP domain is in blocked state.

HWTACACS authorization server is unreachable or the server configuration does not exist.

HWTACACS authorization server is unreachable or the server configuration does not exist.

 

Related commands

reset aaa abnormal-offline-record

display aaa normal-offline-record

Use display aaa normal-offline-record to display user normal offline records.

Syntax

display aaa normal-offline-record { access-type { lan-access | login | portal | ppp } | domain domain-name | interface interface-type interface-number | { ip ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } | mac-address mac-address | slot slot-number | username user-name [ fuzzy-match ] } * [ brief | count count ]

display aaa normal-offline-record time begin-time end-time [ date begin-date end-date ] [ brief ]

display aaa normal-offline-record

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

access-type: Specifies users by the access type.

lan-access: Specifies LAN users.

login: Specifies login users, such as SSH users, Telnet users, and FTP users.

portal: Specifies portal users.

ppp: Specifies PPP users.

domain domain-name: Specifies an ISP domain by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its interface type and interface number.

ip ipv4-address: Specifies a user by its IPv4 address.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies a user by its IPv6 address.

mac-address mac-address: Specifies a user by its MAC address in the format of H-H-H.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays user normal offline records for all cards.

username user-name: Specifies users using the specified username, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

fuzzy-match: Matches the username in fuzzy mode. In fuzzy mode, a user matches if the user's username includes the specified username. If you do not specify this keyword, the device matches the username in exact mode. In exact mode, a user matches if the user's username is the same as the specified username.

time: Specifies user normal offline records generated in a time range.

begin-time: Specifies the start time in the format of hh:mm:ss. The value range for the hh argument is 0 to 23. The value range for the mm and ss arguments is 0 to 59.

end-time: Specifies the end time in the format of hh:mm:ss. The value range for the hh argument is 0 to 23. The value range for the mm and ss arguments is 0 to 59.

date: Specifies a date range. If you do not specify a date range, this command displays user abnormal offline records on the current day.

begin-date: Specifies the start date in the format of MM/DD/YYYY or YYYY/MM/DD. The value range for the MM argument is 1 to 12. The value range for the DD argument varies with the specified month. The value range for the YYYY argument is 2000 to 2035.

end-date: Specifies the end date in the format of MM/DD/YYYY or YYYY/MM/DD. The value range for the MM argument is 1 to 12. The value range for the DD argument varies with the specified month. The value range for the YYYY argument is 2000 to 2035.

brief: Displays brief information about user normal offline records. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays detailed information about user normal offline records.

count count: Specifies the number of user normal offline records to be displayed. The value range for the count argument is 1 to 32768.

Usage guidelines

You can specify multiple query criteria to filter user normal offline records. This command displays the most recent user normal offline records that match the specified criteria in reverse chronological order.

If user normal offline records exist in the system, you can use this command to display the records regardless of whether user normal offline recording is enabled or not.

If you do not specify any parameters, this command displays detailed information about user normal offline records for all users.

The usernames that the server sends to the device might include invisible characters. For the device to display the records for users with such usernames, you must specify the fuzzy-match keyword in this command.

Examples

# Display detailed information about normal offline records for all users.

<Sysname> display aaa normal-offline-record

Total count: 1

Username: jay

Domain: dm1

MAC address: -

Access type: Telnet

Access interface: GigabitEthernet0/0/1

SVLAN/CVLAN: -/-

IP address: 19.19.0.2

IPv6 address: -

Online request time: 2020-01-02 15:20:33

Offline time: 2020-2-28 15:20:56

Offline reason: User request.

# Display brief information about normal offline records for login users.

<Sysname> display aaa normal-offline-record access-type login brief

Username: jay

MAC address: -

IP address: 11.2.2.41

IPv6 address: -

Offline reason: User request.

Table 3 Command output

Field

Description

Total count

Total number of matching user normal offline records.

Username

Name of the user.

This field does not display anything if the system failed to obtain the username.

Domain

Name of the ISP domain to which the user belongs.

This field does not display anything if the system failed to obtain the ISP domain.

MAC address

MAC address of the user.

This filed displays a hyphen (-) if the system failed to obtain the MAC address.

Access type

Access type of the user:

·     PPPoPhy—PPP over physical link.

·     PPPoE.

·     PPPoL2TP—PPP over L2TP.

·     PPPoFR—PPP over Frame Relay.

·     VPPP—L2TP auto dial-up.

·     Telnet.

·     FTP.

·     SSH.

·     Portal.

·     NETCONF over SOAP.

·     NETCONF over RESTful.

·     Web—Web login.

·     Terminal—Terminal login such as console login.

Access interface

Interface through which the user accesses the network.

This field displays a hyphen (-) if the system failed to obtain the access interface.

SVLAN/CVLAN

SVLAN and CVLAN to which the user belongs.

This field displays a hyphen (-) for the SVLAN or CVLAN in the following situations:

·     The user does not belong to an SVLAN.

·     The system failed to obtain the SVLAN or CVLAN of the user.

IP address

IPv4 address of the user.

This field displays a hyphen (-) if the system failed to obtain the IPv4 address.

IPv6 address

IPv6 address of the user.

This field displays a hyphen (-) if the system failed to obtain the IPv6 address.

Online request time

Time when the user requested to come online.

Offline time

Time when the user went offline.

Offline reason

Reason that the user went offline. For more information about the reasons, see Table 2.

Related commands

reset aaa normal-offline-record

display aaa offline-record

Use display aaa offline-record to display user offline records.

Syntax

display aaa offline-record { access-type { lan-access | login | portal | ppp } | domain domain-name | interface interface-type interface-number | { ip ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } | mac-address mac-address | slot slot-number | username user-name [ fuzzy-match ] } * [ brief | count count ]

display aaa offline-record time begin-time end-time [ date begin-date end-date ] [ brief ]

display aaa offline-record

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

access-type: Specifies users by the access type.

lan-access: Specifies LAN users.

login: Specifies login users, such as SSH users, Telnet users, and FTP users.

portal: Specifies portal users.

ppp: Specifies PPP users.

domain domain-name: Specifies an ISP domain by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its interface type and interface number.

ip ipv4-address: Specifies a user by its IPv4 address.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies a user by its IPv6 address.

mac-address mac-address: Specifies a user by its MAC address in the format of H-H-H.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays user offline records for all cards.

username user-name: Specifies users using the specified username, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

fuzzy-match: Matches the username in fuzzy mode. In fuzzy mode, a user matches if the user's username includes the specified username. If you do not specify this keyword, the device matches the username in exact mode. In exact mode, a user matches if the user's username is the same as the specified username.

time: Specifies user offline records generated in a time range.

begin-time: Specifies the start time in the format of hh:mm:ss. The value range for the hh argument is 0 to 23. The value range for the mm and ss arguments is 0 to 59.

end-time: Specifies the end time in the format of hh:mm:ss. The value range for the hh argument is 0 to 23. The value range for the mm and ss arguments is 0 to 59.

date: Specifies a date range. If you do not specify a date range, this command displays user abnormal offline records on the current day.

begin-date: Specifies the start date in the format of MM/DD/YYYY or YYYY/MM/DD. The value range for the MM argument is 1 to 12. The value range for the DD argument varies with the specified month. The value range for the YYYY argument is 2000 to 2035.

end-date: Specifies the end date in the format of MM/DD/YYYY or YYYY/MM/DD. The value range for the MM argument is 1 to 12. The value range for the DD argument varies with the specified month. The value range for the YYYY argument is 2000 to 2035.

brief: Displays brief information about user offline records. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays detailed information about user offline records.

count count: Specifies the number of user offline records to be displayed. The value range for the count argument is 1 to 32768.

Usage guidelines

You can specify multiple query criteria to filter user offline records. This command displays the most recent user offline records that match the specified criteria in reverse chronological order.

If user offline records exist in the system, you can use this command to display the records regardless of whether user offline recording is enabled or not.

If you do not specify any parameters, this command displays detailed information about user offline records for all users.

The usernames that the server sends to the device might include invisible characters. For the device to display the records for users with such usernames, you must specify the fuzzy-match keyword in this command.

Examples

# Display detailed information about offline records for all users.

<Sysname> display aaa offline-record

Total count: 1

Username: jay

Domain: dm1

MAC address: -

Access type: Telnet

Access interface: GigabitEthernet0/0/1

SVLAN/CVLAN: -/-

IP address: 19.19.0.2

IPv6 address: -

Online request time: 2020-01-02 15:20:33

Offline time: 2020-2-28 15:20:56

Offline reason: User request

# Display brief information about offline records for login users

<Sysname> display aaa offline-record access-type login brief

Username: jay

MAC address: -

IP address: 20.20.20.1

IPv6 address: -

Offline reason: User request.

 

Username: test

MAC address: -

IP address: 20.20.20.3

IPv6 address: -

Offline reason: User request.

Table 4 Command output

Field

Description

Total count

Total number of matching user offline records.

Username

Name of the user.

This field does not display anything if the system failed to obtain the username.

Domain

Name of the ISP domain to which the user belongs.

This field does not display anything if the system failed to obtain the ISP domain.

MAC address

MAC address of the user.

This filed displays a hyphen (-) if the system failed to obtain the MAC address.

Access type

Access type of the user:

·     PPPoPhy—PPP over physical link.

·     PPPoE.

·     PPPoL2TP—PPP over L2TP.

·     PPPoFR—PPP over Frame Relay.

·     VPPP—L2TP auto dial-up.

·     Telnet.

·     FTP.

·     SSH.

·     Portal.

·     NETCONF over SOAP.

·     NETCONF over RESTful.

·     Web—Web login.

·     Terminal—Terminal login such as console login.

Access interface

Interface through which the user accesses the network.

This field displays a hyphen (-) if the system failed to obtain the access interface.

SVLAN/CVLAN

SVLAN and CVLAN to which the user belongs.

This field displays a hyphen (-) for the SVLAN or CVLAN in the following situations:

·     The user does not belong to an SVLAN.

·     The system failed to obtain the SVLAN or CVLAN of the user.

IP address

IPv4 address of the user.

This field displays a hyphen (-) if the system failed to obtain the IPv4 address.

IPv6 address

IPv6 address of the user.

This field displays a hyphen (-) if the system failed to obtain the IPv6 address.

Online request time

Time when the user requested to come online.

Offline time

Time when the user went offline.

Offline reason

Reason that the user went offline. For more information about the reasons, see Table 2.

Related commands

reset aaa offline-record

display aaa online-fail-record

Use display aaa online-fail-record to display user online failure records.

Syntax

display aaa online-fail-record { access-type { ipoe | lan-access | login | portal | ppp } | domain domain-name | interface interface-type interface-number | { ip ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } | mac-address mac-address  | slot slot-number | username user-name [ fuzzy-match ] } * [ brief | count count ]

display aaa online-fail-record time begin-time end-time [ date begin-date end-date ] [ brief ]

display aaa online-fail-record

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

access-type: Specifies users by the access type.

lan-access: Specifies LAN users.

login: Specifies login users, such as SSH users, Telnet users, and FTP users.

portal: Specifies portal users.

ppp: Specifies PPP users.

domain domain-name: Specifies an ISP domain by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its interface type and interface number.

ip ipv4-address: Specifies a user by its IPv4 address.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies a user by its IPv6 address.

mac-address mac-address: Specifies a user by its MAC address in the format of H-H-H.

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays user online failure records for all cards.

username user-name: Specifies users using the specified username, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

fuzzy-match: Matches the username in fuzzy mode. In fuzzy mode, a user matches if the user's username includes the specified username. If you do not specify this keyword, the device matches the username in exact mode. In exact mode, a user matches if the user's username is the same as the specified username.

time: Specifies user online failure records generated in a time range.

begin-time: Specifies the start time in the format of hh:mm:ss. The value range for the hh argument is 0 to 23. The value range for the mm and ss arguments is 0 to 59.

end-time: Specifies the end time in the format of hh:mm:ss. The value range for the hh argument is 0 to 23. The value range for the mm and ss arguments is 0 to 59.

date: Specifies a date range. If you do not specify a date range, this command displays user abnormal offline records on the current day.

begin-date: Specifies the start date in the format of MM/DD/YYYY or YYYY/MM/DD. The value range for the MM argument is 1 to 12. The value range for the DD argument varies with the specified month. The value range for the YYYY argument is 2000 to 2035.

end-date: Specifies the end date in the format of MM/DD/YYYY or YYYY/MM/DD. The value range for the MM argument is 1 to 12. The value range for the DD argument varies with the specified month. The value range for the YYYY argument is 2000 to 2035.

brief: Displays brief information about user online failure records. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays detailed information about user online failure records.

count count: Specifies the number of user online failure records to be displayed. The value range for the count argument is 1 to 32768.

Usage guidelines

You can specify multiple query criteria to filter user online failure records. This command displays the most recent user online failure records that match the specified criteria in reverse chronological order.

If user online failure records exist in the system, you can use this command to display the records regardless of whether user online failure recording is enabled or not.

If you do not specify any parameters, this command displays detailed information about user online failure records for all users.

The usernames that the server sends to the device might include invisible characters. For the device to display the records for users with such usernames, you must specify the fuzzy-match keyword in this command.

Examples

# Display detailed information about the most recent two online failure records for login users that use the username aaa.

<Sysname> display aaa online-fail-record username aaa access-type login count 2

Username: aaa

Domain: test

MAC address: -

Access type: Telnet

Access interface: GigabitEthernet0/0/1

SVLAN/CVLAN: 100/-

IP address: 19.19.0.1

IPv6 address: -

Online request time: 2020-01-02 15:20:37

Online failure reason: Authentication failed.

Server reply message: no user exists.

 

Username: aaa

Domain: test

MAC address: -

Access type: Telnet

Access interface: GigabitEthernet0/0/1

SVLAN/CVLAN: -/-

IP address: 19.19.0.2

IPv6 address: -

Online request time: 2020-01-02 15:20:33

Online failure reason: Authentication failed.

Server reply message: no user exists.

# Display brief information about user online failure records generated from 2020-02-01 13:20:50 to 2020-02-02 17:20:30.

<Sysname> display aaa online-fail-record time 13:20:50 10:20:30 date 2020/2/1 2020/2/2 brief

Username: aaa

MAC address: -

IP address: 19.19.0.2

IPv6 address: -

Online failure reason: Authentication failed.

Server reply message: no user exists.

# Display detailed information about user online failure records generated from 2020-02-01 13:20:50 to 2020-02-02 17:20:30.

<Sysname> display aaa online-fail-record time 13:20:50 17:20:30 date 2020/2/1 2020/2/2

Username: aaa

Domain: test

MAC address: -

Access type: Telnet

Access interface: GigabitEthernet0/0/1

SVLAN/CVLAN: -/-

IP address: 19.19.0.1

IPv6 address: -

Online request time: 2020-02-02 16:20:33

Online failure reason: Authentication failed

Server reply message: no user exists.

 

Username: aaa

Domain: test

MAC address: -

Access type: Telnet

Access interface: GigabitEthernet0/0/1

SVLAN/CVLAN: -/-

IP address: 19.19.0.2

IPv6 address: -

Online request time: 2020-02-01 15:20:51

Online failure reason: Authentication failed.

Server reply message: no user exists.

Table 5 Command output

Field

Description

Total count

Total number of matching user online failure records.

Username

Name of the user.

This field does not display anything if the system failed to obtain the username.

Domain

Name of the ISP domain to which the user belongs.

This field does not display anything if the system failed to obtain the ISP domain.

MAC address

MAC address of the user.

This filed displays a hyphen (-) if the system failed to obtain the user's MAC address.

Access type

Access type of the user:

·     PPPoPhy—PPP over physical link.

·     PPPoE.

·     PPPoL2TP—PPP over L2TP.

·     PPPoFR—PPP over Frame Relay.

·     VPPP—L2TP auto dial-up.

·     Telnet.

·     FTP.

·     SSH.

·     Portal.

·     NETCONF over SOAP.

·     NETCONF over RESTful.

·     Web—Web login.

·     Terminal—Terminal login such as console login.

Access interface

Interface through which the user accesses the network.

This field displays a hyphen (-) if the system failed to obtain the access interface.

SVLAN/CVLAN

SVLAN and CVLAN to which the user belongs.

This field displays a hyphen (-) for the SVLAN or CVLAN in the following situations:

·     The user does not belong to an SVLAN.

·     The system failed to obtain the SVLAN or CVLAN of the user.

IP address

IPv4 address of the user.

This field displays a hyphen (-) if the system failed to obtain the IPv4 address.

IPv6 address

IPv6 address of the user.

This field displays a hyphen (-) if the system failed to obtain the IPv6 address.

Online request time

Time when the user requested to come online.

Online failure reason

Reason that the user failed to come online. For more information about the reasons, see Table 2.

Server reply message

Message sent from the server. This field is not displayed if the server does not send a message.

 

Related commands

reset aaa online-fail-record

display domain

Use display domain to display ISP domain configuration.

Syntax

display domain [ isp-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

isp-name: Specifies an ISP domain by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. If you do not specify an ISP domain, this command displays the configuration of all ISP domains.

Examples

# Display the configuration of all ISP domains.

<Sysname> display domain

Total 2 domains

 

Domain: system

  Current state: Active

  State configuration: Active

  Default authentication scheme:  Local

  Default authorization  scheme:  Local

  Default accounting     scheme:  Local

  Accounting start failure action: Online

  Accounting update failure action: Online

  Accounting quota out policy: Offline

    Send accounting update:Yes

  Service type: HSI

  Session time: Exclude idle time

  DHCPv6-follow-IPv6CP timeout: Not configured

  Dual-stack accounting method: Merge

  NAS-ID: N/A

  Web server URL              : Not configured

  Web server URL parameters   : Not configured

  Web server IPv4 address     : Not configured

  Web server IPv6 address     : Not configured

  Authorization attributes:

    Idle cut: Disabled

    IGMP access limit: 4

    MLD access limit: 4

 

Domain: dm

  Current state: Active

  State configuration: Blocked during specific time ranges

    Time ranges:

      t1

      t2

    Online-user logoff: Disabled

  Login   authentication scheme:  RADIUS=rad

  Login   authorization  scheme:  HWTACACS=hw

  Super   authentication scheme:  RADIUS=rad

  PPP     accounting     scheme:  RADIUS=r1, (RADIUS=r2), HWTACACS=tc, Local

  Command authorization  scheme:  HWTACACS=hw

  LAN access authentication scheme:  RADIUS=r4

  Portal  authentication scheme:  LDAP=ldp

  Default authentication scheme:  RADIUS=rad, Local, None

  Default authorization  scheme:  Local

  Default accounting     scheme:  None

  Accounting start failure action: Online

  Accounting update failure action: Online

  Accounting quota out policy: Offline

  Service type: HSI

  Session time: Include idle time

  Dual-stack accounting method: Merge

  NAS-ID: test

  Web server URL              : Not configured

  Web server URL parameters   : Not configured

  Web server IPv4 address     : Not configured

  Web server IPv6 address     : Not configured

  Authorization attributes:

    Idle cut : Enabled

      Idle timeout: 2 minutes

      Flow: 10240 bytes

      Traffic direction: Both

    IP pool: appy

    User profile: test

    Session group profile: abc

    Inbound CAR: CIR 64000 bps PIR 640000 bps

    Outbound CAR: CIR 64000 bps PIR 640000 bps

    ACL number: 3000

    User group: ugg

    IPv6 prefix: 1::1/34

    IPv6 pool: ipv6pool

    Primary DNS server: 6.6.6.6

    Secondary DNS server: 3.6.2.3

    URL: http://test

    VPN instance: vpn1

    IGMP access limit: 4

    MLD access limit: 4

 

Default domain name: system

Table 6 Command output

Field

Description

Domain

ISP domain name.

Current state

Current state of the ISP domain:

·     Blocked.

·     Active.

State configuration

State settings of the ISP domain:

·     Active—The ISP domain is set to the active state.

·     Blocked during specific time ranges—The ISP domain is set to the blocked state during the listed time ranges.

·     Blocked—The ISP domain is set to the blocked state.

Time ranges

Time ranges during which the ISP domain is in blocked state.

Online-user logoff

Status for the feature of logging off online users when the state of the ISP domain changes to blocked:

·     Enabled.

·     Disabled.

Default authentication scheme

Default authentication methods.

Default authorization scheme

Default authorization methods.

Default accounting scheme

Default accounting methods.

ADVPN authentication scheme

Authentication methods for ADVPN users.

ADVPN authorization scheme

Authorization methods for ADVPN users.

ADVPN accounting scheme

Accounting methods for ADVPN users.

Login authentication scheme

Authentication methods for login users.

Login authorization scheme

Authorization methods for login users.

Login accounting scheme

Accounting methods for login users.

Super authentication scheme

Authentication methods for obtaining another user role without reconnecting to the device.

PPP authentication scheme

Authentication methods for PPP users.

PPP authorization scheme

Authorization methods for PPP users.

PPP accounting scheme

Accounting methods for PPP users.

Command authorization scheme

Command line authorization methods.

Command accounting scheme

Command line accounting method.

LAN access authentication scheme

Authentication methods for LAN users.

LAN access authorization scheme

Authorization methods for LAN users.

LAN access accounting scheme

Accounting methods for LAN users.

Portal authentication scheme

Authentication methods for portal users.

Portal authorization scheme

Authorization methods for portal users.

Portal accounting scheme

Accounting methods for portal users.

IKE authentication scheme

IKE extended authentication methods.

IKE authorization scheme

Authorization methods for IKE extended authentication.

ONU authentication scheme

Authentication methods for ONU users.

RADIUS

RADIUS scheme.

HWTACACS

HWTACACS scheme.

LDAP

LDAP scheme.

Local

Local scheme.

None

No authentication, no authorization, or no accounting.

Accounting start failure action

Access control for users that encounter accounting-start failures:

·     Online—Allows the users to stay online.

·     Offline—Logs off the users.

Accounting update failure max-times

Maximum number of consecutive accounting-update failures allowed by the device for each user in the domain.

Accounting update failure action

Access control for users that have failed all their accounting-update attempts:

·     Online—Allows the users to stay online.

·     Offline—Logs off the users.

Accounting quota out policy

Access control for users that have used up their accounting quotas:

·     Online—Allows the users to stay online.

·     Offline—Logs off the users.

·     Redirect—Redirects the users to the specified URL.

Redirect URL

URL to which users are redirected when the users have used up their data quotas.

Stop accounting

Whether to send stop-accounting packets for users that have used up their data quotas.

User profile

Name of the user profile assigned to users that have used up their data quotas.

Send accounting update

Whether to send accounting-update packets to refresh users' data quotas:

·     Yes.

·     No.

Service type

Service type of the ISP domain, including HSI, STB, and VoIP.

Session time

Online duration sent to the server for users that went offline due to connection failure or malfunction:

·     Include idle time—The online duration includes the idle timeout period.

·     Exclude idle time—The online duration does not include the idle timeout period.

User address type

Type of IP addresses for users in the ISP domain.

This field is not available if no user address type is specified in the ISP domain.

User basic service IP type

Types of IP addresses that PPPoE and L2TP users rely on to use the basic services:

·     IPv4.

·     IPv6.

·     IPv6-PD.

DHCPv6-follow-IPv6CP timeout

IPv6 address wait timer (in seconds) that starts after IPv6CP negotiation for PPPoE and L2TP users.

This field displays Not Configured if no IPv6 address wait timer is set for PPPoE or L2TP users.

Dual-stack accounting method

Accounting method for dual-stack users:

·     Merge—Merges IPv4 data with IPv6 data for accounting.

·     Separate—Separates IPv4 data from IPv6 data for accounting.

NAS-ID

NAS-ID of the device.

This field displays N/A if no NAS-ID is set in the ISP domain.

Web server URL

URL of the Web server.

Web server URL parameters

Parameters added to the URL of the Web server.

Web server IPv4 address

IPv4 address of the Web server.

Web server IPv6 address

IPv6 address of the Web server.

Authorization attributes

Authorization attributes for users in the ISP domain.

Idle cut

Idle cut feature status:

·     Enabled—The feature is enabled. The device logs off users that do not meet the minimum traffic requirements in an idle timeout period.

·     Disabled—The feature is disabled. It is the default idle cut state.

Idle timeout

Idle timeout period, in minutes.

Flow

Minimum traffic that a login user must generate in an idle timeout period, in bytes.

Traffic direction

Traffic direction for the idle cut feature:

·     Both.

·     Inbound.

·     Outbound.

IP pool

Name of the authorization IPv4 pool.

User profile

Name of the authorization user profile.

Session group profile

Name of the authorization session group profile.

Inbound CAR

Authorization inbound CAR:

·     CIR—Committed information rate in bps.

·     PIR—Peak information rate in bps.

If no inbound CAR is authorized, this field displays N/A.

Outbound CAR

Authorization outbound CAR:

·     CIR—Committed information rate in bps.

·     PIR—Peak information rate in bps.

If no outbound CAR is authorized, this field displays N/A.

ACL number

Authorization ACL for users.

User group

Authorization user group for users.

IPv6 prefix

Authorization IPv6 address prefix for users.

IPv6 pool

Name of the authorization IPv6 pool for users.

Primary DNS server

IPv4 address of the authorization primary DNS server for users.

Secondary DNS server

IPv4 address of the authorization secondary DNS server for users.

Primary DNSV6 server

IPv6 address of the authorization primary DNS server for users.

Secondary DNSV6 server

IPv6 address of the authorization secondary DNS server for users.

URL

Authorization redirect URL for users.

VPN instance

Name of the authorization VPN instance for users.

IGMP access limit

Maximum number of IGMP groups that an IPv4 user is authorized to join concurrently.

MLD access limit

Maximum number of MLD groups that an IPv6 user is authorized to join concurrently.

Inbound user priority

Authorization user priority for users' upstream packets.

Outbound user priority

Authorization user priority for users' downstream packets.

User session timeout

Authorization session timeout time for users, in seconds.

display max-user history

Use display max-user history to display history peak statistics of users.

Syntax

display max-user history [ slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies a card by its slot number. If you do not specify a card, this command displays history peak statistics of users for all cards.

Usage guidelines

The history peak statistics of users include the following information:

·     Peak values of concurrent authenticated users, concurrent online users, concurrent user sessions that have been issued to the driver, and concurrent users in accounting.

·     The time when each peak value is reached.

This command might fail to display history peak statistics for an access module if the access module is busy. You can re-execute this command later.

This command displays history peak statistics only for PPPoE users.

The system counts a user that is authenticated on a logical interface (such as an aggregate interface) as follows:

·     For the peak value of concurrent driver sessions, the user is counted for each slot that has a member interface of the logical interface.

·     For the other peak values, the user is counted only for the slot that has the physical interface through which the user accesses the network.

Examples

# Display history peak statistics of users on slot 1.

<Sysname> display max-user history slot 1

Slot 1:

Max concurrent authenticated PPPoE users: 100                Time: 2020-03-04 12:03:53

Max concurrent online PPPoE users: 100                         Time: 2020-03-04 12:03:53

Max concurrent PPPoE driver sessions: 100                    Time: 2020-03-04 12:03:53

Max concurrent PPPoE users in accounting: 100                 Time: 2020-03-04 12:03:53

Table 7 Command output

Field

Description

Max concurrent authenticated xxx users

Peak value of concurrent xxx users that have initiated authentication since the system started up, where xxx represents the type of users.

This field is not displayed if the maximum number is 0.

Max concurrent online xxx users

Peak value of concurrent online xxx users since the system started up, where xxx represents the type of users.

This field is not displayed if the maximum number is 0.

Max concurrent xxx driver sessions

Peak value of concurrent xxx sessions that have been issued to the driver since the system started up, where xxx represents the type of users.

This field is not displayed if the maximum number is 0.

Max concurrent xxx users in accounting

Peak value of concurrent xxx users that are in accounting since the system started up, where xxx represents the type of users.

This field is not displayed if the maximum number is 0.

Time

Time when the peak value is reached.

 

domain

Use domain to create an ISP domain and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing ISP domain.

Use undo domain to delete an ISP domain.

Syntax

Format 1:

domain name isp-name

undo domain name isp-name

Format 2:

domain isp-name

undo domain isp-name

Default

A system-defined ISP domain exists. The domain name is system.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

Format 1:

name isp-name: Specifies the ISP domain name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. The name cannot contain a forward slash (/), backslash (\), vertical bar (|), quotation marks ("), colon (:), asterisk (*), question mark (?), left angle bracket (<), right angle bracket (>), or at sign (@).

Format 2:

isp-name: Specifies the ISP domain name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. The name cannot contain a forward slash (/), backslash (\), vertical bar (|), quotation marks ("), colon (:), asterisk (*), question mark (?), left angle bracket (<), right angle bracket (>), or at sign (@). The name cannot be d, de, def, defa, defau, defaul, default, i, if, if-, if-u, if-un, if-unk, if-unkn, if-unkno, if-unknow, or if-unknown.

Usage guidelines

All ISP domains are in active state when they are created.

You can modify settings for the system-defined ISP domain system, but you cannot delete this domain.

An ISP domain cannot be deleted when it is the default ISP domain. Before you use the undo domain command, change the domain to a non-default ISP domain by using the undo domain default enable command.

Use short domain names to ensure that user names containing a domain name do not exceed the maximum name length required by different types of users.

Examples

# Create an ISP domain named test and enter ISP domain view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test]

Related commands

display domain

domain default enable

domain if-unknown

state (ISP domain view)

domain default enable

Use domain default enable to specify the default ISP domain. Users without any domain name included in the usernames are considered in the default domain.

Use undo domain default enable to restore the default.

Syntax

domain default enable isp-name

undo domain default enable

Default

The default ISP domain is the system-defined ISP domain system.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

isp-name: Specifies the ISP domain name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. The ISP domain must already exist.

Usage guidelines

The system has only one default ISP domain.

An ISP domain cannot be deleted when it is the default ISP domain. Before you use the undo domain command, change the domain to a non-default ISP domain by using the undo domain default enable command.

Examples

# Create an ISP domain named test, and configure the domain as the default ISP domain.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] quit

[Sysname] domain default enable test

Related commands

display domain

domain

domain if-unknown

Use domain if-unknown to specify an ISP domain to accommodate users that are assigned to nonexistent domains.

Use undo domain if-unknown to restore the default.

Syntax

domain if-unknown isp-name

undo domain if-unknown

Default

No ISP domain is specified to accommodate users that are assigned to nonexistent domains.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

isp-name: Specifies the ISP domain name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. The name cannot contain a forward slash (/), backslash (\), vertical bar (|), quotation marks ("), colon (:), asterisk (*), question mark (?), left angle bracket (<), right angle bracket (>), or at sign (@).

Usage guidelines

The device chooses an authentication domain for each user in the following order:

4.     The authentication domain specified for the access module.

5.     The ISP domain in the username.

6.     The default ISP domain of the device.

If the chosen domain does not exist on the device, the device searches for the ISP domain that accommodates users assigned to nonexistent domains. If no such ISP domain is configured, user authentication fails.

 

 

NOTE:

Support for the authentication domain configuration depends on the access module.

 

Examples

# Specify ISP domain test to accommodate users that are assigned to nonexistent domains.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain if-unknown test

Related commands

display domain

local-server log change-password-prompt

Use local-server log change-password-prompt to enable password change prompt logging.

Use undo local-server log change-password-prompt to disable password change prompt logging.

Syntax

local-server log change-password-prompt

undo local-server log change-password-prompt

Default

Password change prompt logging is enabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Non-default vSystems do not support this command.

Use this feature to enhance the protection of passwords for Telnet, SSH, HTTP, HTTPS, NETCONF over SSH, and NETCONF over SOAP users and improve the system security.

This feature enables the device to generate logs to prompt users to change their weak passwords at an interval of 24 hours and at the users' login.

A password is a weak password if it does not meet the following requirements:

·     Password composition restriction configured by using the password-control composition command.

·     Minimum password length restriction set by using the password-control length command.

·     Password complexity checking policy configured by using the password-control complexit command.

For a NETCONF over SSH or NETCONF over SOAP user, the device also generates a password change prompt log if any of the following conditions exists:

·     The current password of the user is the default password or has expired.

·     The user logs in to the device for the first time or uses a new password to log in after global password control is enabled.

The device will no longer generate password change prompt logs for a user when one of the following conditions exists:

·     The password change prompt logging feature is disabled.

·     The user has changed the password and the new password meets the password control requirements.

·     The enabling status of a related password control feature has changed so the current password of the user meets the password control requirements.

·     The password composition policy or the minimum password length has changed.

You can use the display password-control command to display password control configuration. For more information about password control commands, see "Password control commands."

Examples

# Enable password change prompt logging.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-server log change-password-prompt

Related commands

display password-control

password-control composition

password-control length

nas-id

Use nas-id to set the NAS-ID in an ISP domain.

Use undo nas-id to delete the NAS-ID from an ISP domain.

Syntax

nas-id nas-identifier

undo nas-id

Default

No NAS-ID is set in an ISP domain.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

nas-identifier: Specifies a NAS-ID, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

Usage guidelines

During RADIUS authentication, the device uses a NAS-ID to set the NAS-Identifier attribute of RADIUS packets so that the RADIUS server can identify the access location of users.

You can configure a NAS-ID in NAS-ID profile view, in interface view, or in ISP domain view. The device selects the NAS-ID for the NAS-Identifier attribute in the following order:

7.     NAS-ID bound with VLANs in a NAS-ID profile.

8.     NAS-ID on an interface.

9.     NAS-ID in an ISP domain.

If no NAS-ID is selected, the device uses the device name as the NAS-ID.

The NAS-ID on an interface is applicable only to portal and PPP users that access the network through the interface.

Examples

# Set the NAS-ID to test for ISP domain test.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] nas-id test

Related commands

aaa nas-id

aaa nas-id profile

nas-id bind

Use nas-id bind to configure a NAS-ID and VLAN binding.

Use undo nas-id bind to remove a NAS-ID and VLAN binding.

Syntax

nas-id nas-identifier bind { vlan vlan-id }

undo nas-id nas-identifier bind { vlan vlan-id }

Default

No NAS-ID and VLAN bindings exist.

Views

NAS-ID profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

nas-identifier: Specifies a NAS-ID, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

vlan vlan-id: Specifies a VLAN ID in the range of 1 to 4094.

Usage guidelines

You can configure multiple NAS-ID and VLAN bindings in a NAS-ID profile.

If you specify an inner VLAN ID or outer VLAN ID in a binding of a NAS-ID profile, you can specify this profile only for an interface by using the aaa nas-id-profile command.

A NAS-ID can be bound with more than one VLAN or one combination of inner VLAN and outer VLAN. A VLAN or a combination of inner VLAN and outer VLAN can be bound with only one NAS-ID. If you configure multiple bindings for the same VLAN, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Bind NAS-ID 222 with VLAN 2 in NAS-ID profile aaa.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] aaa nas-id profile aaa

[Sysname-nas-id-prof-aaa] nas-id 222 bind vlan 2

Related commands

aaa nas-id profile

reset aaa abnormal-offline-record

Use reset aaa abnormal-offline-record to clear all user abnormal offline records.

Syntax

reset aaa abnormal-offline-record

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The device saves user abnormal offline records in memory and does not automatically clear the records unless the device reboots. To prevent the records from overusing the memory, use this command to clear all user abnormal offline records.

Use this command with caution. Cleared records cannot be recovered.

Examples

# Clear all user abnormal offline records.

<Sysname> reset aaa abnormal-offline-record

Related commands

display aaa abnormal-offline-record

reset aaa normal-offline-record

Use reset aaa normal-offline-record to clear all user normal offline records.

Syntax

reset aaa normal-offline-record

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The device saves user normal offline records in memory and does not automatically clear the records unless the device reboots. To prevent the records from overusing the memory, use this command to clear all user normal offline records.

Use this command with caution. Cleared records cannot be recovered.

Examples

# Clear all user normal offline records.

<Sysname> reset aaa normal-offline-record

Related commands

display aaa normal-offline-record

reset aaa offline-record

Use reset aaa offline-record to clear all user offline records.

Syntax

reset aaa offline-record

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The device saves user offline records in memory and does not automatically clear the records unless the device reboots. To prevent the records from overusing the memory, use this command to clear all user offline records.

Use this command with caution. Cleared records cannot be recovered.

Examples

# Clear all user offline records.

<Sysname> reset aaa offline-record

Related commands

display aaa offline-record

reset aaa online-fail-record

Use reset aaa online-fail-record to clear all user online failure records.

Syntax

reset aaa online-fail-record

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The device saves user online failure records in memory and does not automatically clear the records unless the device reboots. To prevent the records from overusing the memory, use this command to clear all user online failure records.

Use this command with caution. Cleared records cannot be recovered.

Examples

# Clear all user online failure records.

<Sysname> reset aaa online-fail-record

Related commands

display aaa online-fail-record

service-type (ISP domain view)

Use service-type to specify the service type for users in an ISP domain.

Use undo service-type to restore the default.

Syntax

service-type { hsi | stb | voip }

undo service-type

Default

The service type is hsi for users in an ISP domain.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

hsi: Specifies the High Speed Internet (HSI) service. This service is applicable to users that access the network through PPP.

stb: Specifies the Set Top Box (STB) service. This service is applicable to users that access the network through STB.

voip: Specifies the Voice over IP (VoIP) service. This service is applicable to users that access the network through IP phones.

Usage guidelines

When the HSI service is specified, the multicast feature of the access module is disabled to save system resources.

When the STB service is specified, the multicast feature of the access module is enabled to improve the performance of the multicast module.

When the VoIP service is specified, the QoS module increases the priority of voice traffic to reduce the transmission delay for IP phone users.

For 802.1X, PPP (excluding PPPoE), and IPoE leased line users, the system uses the HSI service forcibly even if the STB or VoIP service is specified.

You can configure only one service type for an ISP domain.

Examples

# Specify the STB service for users in ISP domain test.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] service-type stb

session-time include-idle-time

Use session-time include-idle-time to configure the device to include the idle timeout period in the user online duration sent to the server.

Use undo session-time include-idle-time to restore the default.

Syntax

session-time include-idle-time

undo session-time include-idle-time

Default

The device does not include the idle timeout period in the user online duration sent to the server.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Whether to configure the device to include the idle timeout period in the user online duration sent to the server, depending on the accounting policy in your network. The idle timeout period is assigned to users by the authorization server after the users pass authentication. For portal users, the device includes the idle timeout period set for the online portal user detection feature in the user online duration. For more information about online detection for portal users, see portal authentication configuration in User Access and Authentication Configuration Guide.

If the user goes offline due to connection failure or malfunction, the user online duration sent to the server is not the same as the actual online duration.

·     If the session-time include-idle-time command is used, the user's online duration sent to the server includes the idle timeout period. The online duration that is generated on the server is longer than the actual online duration of the user.

·     If the undo session-time include-idle-time command is used, the user's online duration sent to the server excludes the idle timeout period. The online duration that is generated on the server is shorter than the actual online duration of the user.

Examples

# Configure the device to include the idle timeout period in the online duration sent to the server for users in ISP domain test.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] session-time include-idle-time

Related commands

display domain

state (ISP domain view)

Use state to set the status of an ISP domain.

Use undo state to restore the default.

Syntax

state { active | block [ time-range ] [ offline ] }

undo state

Default

An ISP domain is in active state.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

active: Places the ISP domain in active state to allow the users in the ISP domain to request network services.

block: Places the ISP domain in blocked state to prevent users in the ISP domain from requesting network services. This keyword takes effect on all types of users except the SSH users that perform publickey authentication.

time-range: Places the ISP domain in blocked state based on time ranges. If you specify the block keyword but do not specify the time-range keyword, the ISP domain is always placed in blocked state.

offline: Logs off online users (including portal and PPP users) in the ISP domain when the state of the ISP domain changes to blocked. If you specify the block keyword but do not specify the offline keyword, the users in the ISP domain stay online when the state of the ISP domain changes to blocked.

Usage guidelines

To block an ISP domain based on time ranges, specify the time-range keyword in this command, and specify time ranges by using the state block time-range name command.

Examples

# Place ISP domain test in blocked state.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] state block

Related commands

display domain

state block time-range name

state block time-range name

Use state block time-range name to specify time ranges during which an ISP domain is placed in blocked state.

Use undo state block time-range name to delete time ranges for placing an ISP domain in blocked state.

Syntax

state block time-range name time-range-name

undo state block time-range { all | name time-range-name }

Default

No time ranges are specified for placing an ISP domain in blocked state.

Views

ISP domain view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

time-range-name: Specifies a time range by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters. The string must begin with a letter and cannot be all.

all: Specifies all time ranges.

Usage guidelines

The specified time ranges take effect only when the device is configured to block an ISP domain based on time ranges. To configure the device to block the ISP domain based on time ranges, use the state block time-range command.

You can repeat this command to specify multiple time ranges.

Examples

# Specify time ranges t1 and t2 for placing ISP domain test in blocked state.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] domain name test

[Sysname-isp-test] state block time-range name t1

[Sysname-isp-test] state block time-range name t2

Related commands

state

time-range (ACL and QoS Command Reference)

Local user commands

access-limit

Use access-limit to set the maximum number of concurrent logins using the local user name.

Use undo access-limit to restore the default.

Syntax

access-limit max-user-number

undo access-limit

Default

The number of concurrent logins using the local user name is not limited.

Views

Local user view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

max-user-number: Specifies the maximum number of concurrent logins, in the range of 1 to 1024.

Usage guidelines

The command does not apply to FTP, SFTP, or SCP users. These users do not support accounting.

For this command to take effect on network access users, execute the accounting start-fail offline command in the ISP domain view as a best practice.

Examples

# Set the maximum number of concurrent logins to 5 for users using the local user name abc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user abc

[Sysname-luser-manage-abc] access-limit 5

Related commands

accounting start-fail offline

display local-user

access-user email authentication

Use access-user email authentication to specify the username and password used to log in to the SMTP server that sends email notifications to network access users.

Use undo access-user email authentication to restore the default.

Syntax

access-user email authentication username user-name password { cipher | simple } string

undo access-user email authentication

Default

No SMTP server username or password is specified.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

username user-name: Specifies the username, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

password: Specifies the password.

cipher: Specifies the password in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies the password in plaintext form. For security purposes, the password specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the password string. Its plaintext form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. Its encrypted form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 117 characters.

Usage guidelines

If the SMTP server requires a username and password for login, you must use this command to specify the username and password on the device.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Set the username to abc and the password to 123 for logging in to the SMTP server that sends email notifications to network access users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] access-user email authentication username abc password simple 123

Related commands

access-user email format

access-user email sender

access-user email smtp-server

access-user email format

Use access-user email format to configure the subject and body for the email notifications to send to network access users.

Use undo access-user email format to restore the default.

Syntax

access-user email format { body body-string | subject sub-string }

undo access-user email format { body | subject }

Default

The email subject is Password reset notification.

The email body is as follows:

A random password has been generated for your account.

Username: xxx

Password: yyy

Validity: YYYY/MM/DD hh:mm:ss to YYYY/MM/DD hh:mm:ss

The xxx string represents the username, the yyy string represents the password, and the YYYY/MM/DD hh:mm:ss to YYYY/MM/DD hh:mm:ss string represents the validity period.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

body body-string: Configures the body content. The body-string argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

subject sub-string: Configures the email subject. The sub-string argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 127 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can configure the device to generate a random password for a network access user on the Web interface. The random password is sent to the user by email. Use this command to configure the email subject and body content.

The email body includes the string configured by using the body-string argument and the following information:

Username: xxx

Password: yyy

Validity: YYYY/MM/DD hh:mm:ss to YYYY/MM/DD hh:mm:ss

The xxx string represents the username, the yyy string represents the password, and the YYYY/MM/DD hh:mm:ss to YYYY/MM/DD hh:mm:ss string represents the validity period.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure the subject and body for the email notifications to send to network access users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] access-user email format subject new password setting

[Sysname] access-user email format body The username, password, and validity period of the account are given below.

Related commands

access-user email authentication

access-user email sender

access-user email smtp-server

access-user email sender

Use access-user email sender to configure the email sender address in email notifications sent by the device to network access users.

Use undo access-user email sender to restore the default.

Syntax

access-user email sender email-address

undo access-user email sender

Default

No email sender address is configured for the email notifications sent by the device to network access users.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

email-address: Specifies the email sender address, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. The string must contain an at sign (@), and it can contain only one at sign (@). In addition, the string cannot contain only the at sign (@).

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify the email sender address, the device cannot send email notifications to any network access users.

The device supports only one email sender address for network access users. If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify the email sender address as abc@yyy.com for email notifications of network access users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] access-user email sender abc@yyy.com

Related commands

access-user email authentication

access-user email format

access-user email smtp-server

access-user email smtp-server

Use access-user email smtp-server to specify an SMTP server to send email notifications of network access users.

Use undo access-user email smtp-server to restore the default.

Syntax

access-user email smtp-server url-string

undo access-user email smtp-server

Default

No SMTP server is specified to send email notifications of network access users.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

url-string: Specifies the path of the SMTP server, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. The path must comply with the standard SMTP protocol and start with smtp://.

Usage guidelines

You can specify only one SMTP server to send email notifications of network access users.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify the SMTP server at smtp://www.test.com/smtp to send email notifications of network access users.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] access-user email smtp-server smtp://www.test.com/smtp

Related commands

access-user email authentication

access-user email format

access-user email sender

authorization-attribute (local user view/user group view)

Use authorization-attribute to configure authorization attributes for a local user or user group. After the local user or a local user in the user group passes authentication, the device assigns these attributes to the user.

Use undo authorization-attribute to restore the default of an authorization attribute.

Syntax

authorization-attribute { acl acl-number | callback-number callback-number | idle-cut minutes | ip ipv4-address | ip-pool ipv4-pool-name | ipv6 ipv6-address | ipv6-pool ipv6-pool-name | ipv6-prefix ipv6-prefix prefix-length | { primary-dns | secondary-dns } { ip ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } | session-group-profile session-group-profile-name | session-timeout minutes | subscriber-id subscriber-id | url url-string | user-profile profile-name | user-role role-name | vlan vlan-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name | work-directory directory-name } *

undo authorization-attribute { acl | callback-number | idle-cut | ip | ip-pool | ipv6 | ipv6-pool | ipv6-prefix | primary-dns | secondary-dns | session-group-profile | session-timeout | subscriber-id | url | user-profile | user-role role-name | vlan | vpn-instance | work-directory } *

Default

The working directory for FTP, SFTP, and SCP users is the root directory of the NAS. However, the users do not have permission to access the root directory.

The local users created by a network-admin or level-15 user are assigned the network-operator user role.

Views

Local user view

User group view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

acl acl-number: Specifies an authorization ACL. The value range for the acl-number argument is 2000 to 5999. The device processes the traffic that matches the rules in the authorization ACL based on the permit or deny statement in the rules.

callback-number callback-number: Specifies an authorized PPP callback number. The callback-number argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 64 characters. After a local user passes authentication, the device uses this number to call the user.

idle-cut minutes: Specifies an idle timeout period in minutes. The value range for the minutes argument is 1 to 120. An online user is logged out if its idle period exceeds the specified idle timeout period.

ip ipv4-address: Assigns a static IPv4 address to the user after it passes authentication. You can specify this option only in local user view. This option is not supported in user group view.

ip-pool ipv4-pool-name: Specifies an IPv4 pool for the user. The ipv4-pool-name argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Assigns a static IPv6 address to the user after it passes authentication. You can specify this option only in local user view. This option is not supported in user group view.

ipv6-pool ipv6-pool-name: Specifies an IPv6 pool for the user. The ipv6-pool-name argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

ipv6-prefix ipv6-prefix prefix-length: Specifies an IPv6 address prefix for the user. The value range for the prefix-length argument is 1 to 128.

primary-dns ip ipv4-address: Specifies the IPv4 address of the primary DNS server for the user.

primary-dns ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of the primary DNS server for the user.

secondary-dns ip ipv4-address: Specifies the IPv4 address of the secondary DNS server for the user.

secondary-dns ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of the secondary DNS server for the user.

session-group-profile session-group-profile-name: Specifies a session group profile for the user. The session-group-profile-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters and can contain only letters, digits, underscores (_), minus signs (-), and dots (.). The string can begin with a letter or a digit, but it cannot be all digits. For more information about session group profiles, see user profile configuration in User Access and Authentication Configuration Guide.

session-timeout minutes: Specifies the session timeout timer for the user, in minutes. The value range for the minutes argument is 1 to 1440. The device logs off the user after the timer expires.

subscriber-id subscriber-id: Specifies a subscriber ID for the user, in the range of 1 to 4095. Subscriber IDs are used with session group profiles to implement QoS traffic control on a per-group basis or used with local QoS IDs to implement HQoS. For more information about QoS and HQoS, see ACL and QoS Configuration Guide.

url url-string: Specifies a redirect URL for wireless MAC authentication users and wireless 802.1X users and specifies a PPPoE Active Discovery Message (PADM) URL for PPPoE users. The url-string argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. For wireless MAC authentication and 802.1X users, you can configure the redirect URL to push advertisements or notifications to the users after they pass authentication or push bill overdue notifications to the users. In addition, the URL must start with http:// or https://. For PPPoE users, you must specify a URL that uses port number 80 or 8080.

user-profile profile-name: Specifies an authorization user profile by its name. The profile-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. Valid characters include letters, digits, underscores (_), minus signs (-), and dots (.). The string can begin with a letter or digit, but it cannot be all digits. The user profile restricts the behavior of authenticated users. For more information, see User Access and Authentication Configuration Guide.

user-role role-name: Specifies an authorized user role. The role-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. A maximum of 64 user roles can be specified for a user. For user role-related commands, see Fundamentals Command Reference for RBAC commands. This option is available only in local user view, and is not available in user group view.

vlan vlan-id: Specifies an authorized VLAN. The value range for the vlan-id argument is 1 to 4094. After passing authentication and being authorized a VLAN, a local user can access only the resources in this VLAN.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the user belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. After passing authentication, the user has permission to access the network resources in the specified VPN.

work-directory directory-name: Specifies the working directory for FTP, SFTP, or SCP users. The directory-name argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. The directory must already exist.

Usage guidelines

Configure authorization attributes according to the application environments and purposes. Support for authorization attributes depends on the service types of users.

For PPP users, only the following authorization attributes take effect: callback-number, idle-cut, ip, ip-pool, ipv6-pool, ipv6-prefix, primary-dns, secondary-dns, session-group-profile, session-timeout, subscriber-id, user-profile, vpn-instance, and url.

For portal users, only the following authorization attributes take effect: acl, ip-pool, ipv6-pool, user-profile, and session-timeout.

For LAN users, only the following authorization attributes take effect: acl, idle-cut, session-timeout, url, user-profile, and vlan. The idle-cut and url authorization attributes take effect only on wireless users.

For SSH, Telnet, and terminal users, only the authorization attributes idle-cut and user-role take effect.

For HTTP and HTTPS users, only the authorization attribute user-role takes effect.

For FTP users, only the authorization attributes user-role and work-directory take effect.

For IKE users, only the authorization attribute ip-pool takes effect.

For other types of local users, no authorization attribute takes effect.

Authorization attributes configured for a user group are intended for all local users in the group. You can group local users to improve configuration and management efficiency. An authorization attribute configured in local user view takes precedence over the same attribute configured in user group view.

When you specify an authorization ACL, the following restrictions apply:

·     The authorization ACL is invalid if it does not exist or does not contain rules. If strict checking on authorization ACLs is enabled for portal users in this situation, portal users will be forced offline.

·     Support for the VPN instance parameter in the ACL rules for LAN users depends on the device model.

·     Support for the VPN instance parameter in the ACL rules for portal users depends on the device model.

·     For portal users to come online after passing authentication, make sure ACLs assigned to portal users do not have rules specified with a source IP or MAC address.

To make sure FTP, SFTP, and SCP users can access the directory after an active/standby switchover, do not specify chassis or slot information for the working directory.

To make sure the user have only the user roles authorized by using this command, use the undo authorization-attribute user-role command to remove the default user role.

The security-audit user role has access to the commands for managing security log files and security log file system. To display all the accessible commands of the security-audit user role, use the display role name security-audit command. For more information about security log management, see configuring the information center in System Management Configuration Guide. For more information about file system management, see Fundamentals Configuration Guide.

You cannot delete a local user if the local user is the only user that has the security-audit user role.

The security-audit user role is mutually exclusive with other user roles.

·     When you assign the security-audit user role to a local user, the system requests confirmation for deleting all the other user roles of the user.

·     When you assign other user roles to a local user that has the security-audit user role, the system requests confirmation for deleting the security-audit user role for the local user.

Examples

# Configure the authorized VLAN of network access user abc as VLAN 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user abc class network

[Sysname-luser-network-abc] authorization-attribute vlan 2

# Configure the authorized VLAN of user group abc as VLAN 3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] user-group abc

[Sysname-ugroup-abc] authorization-attribute vlan 3

# Assign the security-audit user role to device management user xyz as the authorized user role.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user xyz class manage

[Sysname-luser-manage-xyz] authorization-attribute user-role security-audit

This operation will delete all other roles of the user. Are you sure? [Y/N]:y

Related commands

display local-user

display user-group

bind-attribute

Use bind-attribute to configure binding attributes for a local user.

Use undo bind-attribute to remove binding attributes of a local user.

Syntax

bind-attribute { call-number call-number [ : subcall-number ] | location interface interface-type interface-number | mac mac-address | vlan vlan-id } *

undo bind-attribute { call-number | ip | location | mac | vlan } *

Default

No binding attributes are configured for a local user.

Views

Local user view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

call-number call-number: Specifies a calling number for PPP user authentication. The call-number argument is a string of 1 to 64 characters. This option applies only to PPP users.

subcall-number: Specifies the subcalling number. The total length of the calling number and the subcalling number cannot be more than 62 characters.

location interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies the interface to which the user is bound. The interface-type argument represents the interface type, and the interface-number argument represents the interface number. To pass authentication, the user must access the network through the bound interface. This option applies only to LAN, PPP, and portal users.

mac mac-address: Specifies the MAC address of the user in the format H-H-H. This option applies only to LAN, PPP, and portal users.

vlan vlan-id: Specifies the VLAN to which the user belongs. The vlan-id argument is in the range of 1 to 4094. This option applies only to LAN, PPP, and portal users.

Usage guidelines

To perform local authentication of a user, the device matches the actual user attributes with the configured binding attributes. If the user has a non-matching attribute or lacks a required attribute, the user will fail authentication.

Binding attribute check takes effect on all access services. Configure the binding attributes for a user based on the access services and make sure the device can obtain all attributes to be checked from the user's packet. For example, you can configure an IP address binding for an 802.1X user, because 802.1X authentication can include the user's IP address in the packet. However, you cannot configure IP address bindings for MAC authentication users, because MAC authentication does not use IP addresses.

Examples

# Bind MAC address 11-11-11 with network access user abc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user abc class network

[Sysname-luser-network-abc] bind-attribute mac 11-11-11

Related commands

display local-user

company

Use company to specify the company of a local guest.

Use undo company to restore the default.

Syntax

company company-name

undo company

Default

No company is specified for a local guest.

Views

Local guest view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

company-name: Specifies the company name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

Examples

# Specify company yyy for local guest abc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user abc class network guest

[Sysname-luser-network(guest)-abc] company yyy

Related commands

display local-user

description

Use description to configure a description for a network access user.

Use undo description to restore the default.

Syntax

description text

undo description

Default

No description is configured for a network access user.

Views

Network access user view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

text: Configures a description, case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

Examples

# Configure a description for network access user 123.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user 123 class network

[Sysname-luser-network-123] description Manager of MSC company

Related commands

display local-user

display local-guest waiting-approval

Use display local-guest waiting-approval to display pending registration requests for local guests.

Syntax

display local-guest waiting-approval [ user-name user-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

user-name user-name: Specifies a local guest by the username, a string of 1 to 80 characters. If you do not specify a guest, this command displays pending registration requests for all local guests. The username of the specified guest can be a pure username or contain a domain name (in the format of pure-username@domain-name).

·     The pure username is a case-sensitive string and must meet the following requirements:

¡     Cannot contain any of the following characters: forward slash (/), backslash (\), vertical bar (|), colon (:), asterisk (*), question mark (?), left angle bracket (<), right angle bracket (>), or at sign (@).

¡     Cannot be a, al, or all.

·     The domain name is a case-insensitive string and cannot contain an at sign (@).

Usage guidelines

On the Web registration page, users submit local guest registration requests for approval. The guest manager can add supplementary information to the guest accounts and approves the requests. The device then creates local guest accounts based on the approved requests.

Examples

# Display all pending registration requests for local guests.

<Sysname> display local-guest waiting-approval

Total 1 guest entries matched.

 

Guest user Smith:

  Full name  : Smith Li

  Company    : YYY

  Email      : Smith@yyy.com

  Phone      : 139189301033

  Description: The employee of YYY company

Table 8 Command output

Field

Description

Total 1 guest entries matched.

Number of local guests that have pending registration requests.

Full name

Full name of the local guest.

Company

Company name of the local guest.

Email

Email address of the local guest.

Phone

Phone number of the local guest.

Description

Description of the local guest.

 

Related commands

reset local-guest waiting-approval

display local-user

Use display local-user to display the local user configuration and online user statistics.

Syntax

display local-user [ class { manage | network [ guest ] } | idle-cut { disable | enable } | service-type { advpn | ftp | http | https | ike | lan-access | onu | pad | portal | ppp | ssh | telnet | terminal } | state { active | block } | user-name user-name class { manage | network [ guest ] } | vlan vlan-id ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

class: Specifies the local user type.

manage: Device management user.

network: Network access user.

guest: Guest user account.

idle-cut { disable | enable }: Specifies local users by the status of the idle cut feature.

service-type: Specifies the local users that use a specific type of service.

advpn: ADVPN tunnel users.

ftp: FTP users.

http: HTTP users.

https: HTTPS users.

ike: IKE users that access the network through IKE extended authentication.

lan-access: LAN users that typically access the network through an Ethernet.

onu: ONU users.

pad: X.25 PAD users.

portal: Portal users.

ppp: PPP users.

ssh: SSH users.

telnet: Telnet users.

terminal: Terminal users that log in through console ports or async ports.

state { active | block }: Specifies local users in active or blocked state. A local user in active state can access network services, but a local user in blocked state cannot.

user-name user-name: Specifies all local users using the specified username, a string of 1 to 80 characters. The specified username can be a pure username or contain a domain name (in the format of pure-username@domain-name).

·     The pure username is a case-sensitive string and must meet the following requirements:

¡     Cannot contain any of the following characters: forward slash (/), backslash (\), vertical bar (|), colon (:), asterisk (*), question mark (?), left angle bracket (<), right angle bracket (>), or at sign (@).

¡     Cannot be a, al, or all.

·     The domain name is a case-insensitive string and cannot contain an at sign (@).

vlan vlan-id: Specifies all local users in a VLAN. The vlan-id argument is in the range of 1 to 4094.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify any parameters, this command displays information about all local users.

Examples

# Display information about all local users.

<Sysname> display local-user

Total 3 local users matched.

 

Device management user root:

  State:                      Active

  Service type:               SSH/Telnet/Terminal

  Access limit:               Enabled

  Max access number:          3

  Current access number:      1

  User group:                 system

  Bind attributes:

  Authorization attributes:

    Work directory:           flash:

    User role list:           network-admin

  Password control configurations:

    Password aging:           3 days

  Password history was last reset: 0 days ago

  Password remaining lifetime: 2 days 12 hours 30 minutes 30 seconds

 

Network access user jj:

  State:                      Active

  Service type:               LAN-access

  User group:                 system

  Bind attributes:

    IP address:               2.2.2.2

    Location bound:           GigabitEthernet0/0/1

    MAC address:              0001-0001-0001

    VLAN ID:                  2

  Authorization attributes:

    Idle timeout:             33 minutes

    Work directory:           flash:

    ACL number:               2000

    User profile:             pp

    User role list:           network-operator, level-0, level-3

  Description:                A network access user from company cc

  Password control configurations:

    Password complexity:      username checking

  Validity period:

    Start date and time:      2020/01/01-00:01:01

    Expiration date and time: 2020/01/01-01:01:01

 

 Network access guest user1:

  State:                      Active

  Service type:               LAN-access/Portal

  User group:                 guest1

  Full name:                  Jack

  Company:                    cc

  Email:                      Jack@cc.com

  Phone:                      131129237

  Sponsor full name:          Sam

  Sponsor department:         security

  Sponsor email:              Sam@aa.com

  Description:                A guest from company cc

  Validity period:

    Start date and time:      2020/02/01-08:00:00

    Expiration date and time: 2020/02/03-18:00:00

 

Table 9 Command output

Field

Description

State

Status of the local user: active or blocked.

Service type

Service types that the local user can use.

Access limit

Whether the concurrent login limit is enabled.

Max access number

Maximum number of concurrent logins using the local user name.

Current access number

Current number of concurrent logins using the local user name.

User group

Group to which the local user belongs.

Bind attributes

Binding attributes of the local user.

IP address

IP address of the local user.

Location bound

Binding port of the local user.

MAC address

MAC address of the local user.

VLAN ID

Binding VLAN of the local user.

Authorization attributes

Authorization attributes of the local user.

Idle timeout

Idle timeout period of the user, in minutes.

Session-timeout

Session timeout timer for the user, in minutes.

Callback number

Authorized PPP callback number of the local user.

Work directory

Directory that the FTP, SFTP, or SCP user can access.

ACL number

Authorization ACL of the local user.

VLAN ID

Authorized VLAN of the local user.

User profile

Authorization user profile of the local user.

User role list

Authorized roles of the local user.

IP pool

IPv4 pool authorized to the local user.

IP address

IPv4 address authorized to the local user.

IPv6 address

IPv6 address authorized to the local user.

IPv6 prefix

IPv6 address prefix authorized to the local user.

IPv6 pool

IPv6 pool authorized to the local user.

Primary DNS server

IPv4 address of the primary DNS server for the local user.

Secondary DNS server

IPv4 address of the secondary DNS server for the local user.

Primary DNSV6 server

IPv6 address of the primary DNS server for the local user.

Secondary DNSV6 server

IPv6 address of the secondary DNS server for the local user.

URL

Authorization PADM URL for the local user.

VPN instance

Authorization VPN instance for the local user.

Subscriber ID

Subscriber ID of the local user.

Session group profile

Session group profile of the local user.

Password control configurations

Password control attributes that are configured for the local user.

Password aging

Password expiration time.

Password length

Minimum number of characters that a password must contain.

Password composition

Password composition policy:

·     Minimum number of character types that a password must contain.

·     Minimum number of characters from each type in a password.

Password complexity

Password complexity checking policy:

·     Reject a password that contains the username or the reverse of the username.

·     Reject a password that contains any character repeated consecutively three or more times.

Maximum login attempts

Maximum number of consecutive failed login attempts.

Action for exceeding login attempts

Action to take on the user that failed to log in after using up all login attempts.

Password history was last reset

The most recent time that the history password records were cleared.

Password remaining lifetime

Remaining aging time for the password.

Full name

Name of the local guest.

Company

Company name of the local guest.

Email

Email address of the local guest.

Phone

Phone number of the local guest.

Sponsor full name

Name of the guest sponsor.

Sponsor department

Department of the guest sponsor.

Sponsor email

Email address of the guest sponsor.

Description

Description of the network access user.

Validity period

Validity period of the network access user.

Start date and time

Date and time from which the network access user begins to take effect.

Expiration date and time

Date and time at which the network access user expires.

 

display user-group

Use display user-group to display user group configuration.

Syntax

display user-group { all | name group-name [ byod-authorization ] } [ identity-member { all | group | user } ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

all: Specifies all user groups.

name group-name: Specifies a user group by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

byod-authorization: Specifies BYOD authorization information. If you do not specify this keyword, the command does not display BYOD authorization information and only displays whether BYOD authorization attributes are configured.

identity-member: Specifies identity members in the specified user group or all user groups. If you do not specify this option, the command does not display identity member information.

all: Specifies all identity members, including identity users and identity groups.

group: Specifies identity groups.

user: Specifies identity users.

Examples

# Display the configuration of all user groups.

<Sysname> display user-group all

Total 2 user groups matched.

 

User group: system

  Authorization attributes:

    Work directory:          flash:

  BYOD authorization attributes: Configured

User group: jj

  Authorization attributes:

    Idle timeout:            2 minutes

    Callback number:         2:2

    Work directory:          flash:/

    ACL number:              2000

    VLAN ID:                 2

    User profile:            pp

  BYOD authorization attributes: Not configured

  Password control configurations:

    Password aging:          2 days

# Display information about all identity members for all user groups.

<Sysname> display user-group all identity-member all

Total 2 user groups matched.

 

User group: system

  Identity groups: 0

User group: jj

  Identity groups: 2

  Group ID        Group name

  0xffffffff      group1

  0x567           group2

  Identity users: 2

  User ID         Username

  0x234           user1

  0xffffffff      user2

Table 10 Command output

Field

Description

User group

User group name.

Authorization attributes

Authorization attributes of the user group.

Idle timeout

Idle timeout period, in minutes.

Session-timeout

Session timeout timer, in minutes.

Callback number

Authorized PPP callback number.

Work directory

Directory that FTP, SFTP, or SCP users in the group can access.

ACL number

Authorization ACL.

VLAN ID

Authorized VLAN.

User profile

Authorization user profile.

IP pool

IPv4 pool authorized to the user group.

IPv6 prefix

IPv6 address prefix authorized to the user group.

IPv6 pool

IPv6 pool authorized to the user group.

Primary DNS server

IPv4 address of the primary DNS server authorized to the user group.

Secondary DNS server

IPv4 address of the secondary DNS server authorized to the user group.

Primary DNSV6 server

IPv6 address of the primary DNS server authorized to the user group.

Secondary DNSV6 server

IPv6 address of the secondary DNS server authorized to the user group.

URL

Authorization PADM URL for the user group.

VPN instance

Authorization VPN instance for the user group.

BYOD authorization attributes

BYOD authorization attributes of the user group.

Password control configurations

Password control attributes that are configured for the user group.

Password aging

Password expiration time.

Password length

Minimum number of characters that a password must contain.

Password composition

Password composition policy:

·     Minimum number of character types that a password must contain.

·     Minimum number of characters from each type in a password.

Password complexity

Password complexity checking policy:

·     Reject a password that contains the username or the reverse of the username.

·     Reject a password that contains any character repeated consecutively three or more times.

Maximum login attempts

Maximum number of consecutive failed login attempts.

Action for exceeding login attempts

Action to take on the user that failed to log in after using up all login attempts.

Identity users

Number of identity users.

Identity groups

Number of identity groups.

User ID

Identity user ID.

Group ID

Identity group ID.

Username

Identity user name.

Group name

Identity group name.

email

Use email to configure an email address for a local guest.

Use undo email to restore the default.

Syntax

email email-string

undo email

Default

No email address is configured for a local guest.

Views

Local guest view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

email-string: Specifies the email address for the local guest, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. For example, sec@abc.com. The address must comply with RFC 822.

Usage guidelines

The local guest uses the email address to receive notifications from the device.

Examples

# Configure the email address as abc@yyy.com for local guest abc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user abc class network guest

[Sysname-luser-network(guest)-abc] email abc@yyy.com

Related commands

display local-user

full-name

Use full-name to configure the name of a local guest.

Use undo full-name to restore the default.

Syntax

full-name name-string

undo full-name

Default

No name is configured for a local guest.

Views

Local guest view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

name-string: Specifies the local guest name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

Examples

# Configure the name as abc Snow for local guest abc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user abc class network guest

[Sysname-luser-network(guest)-abc] full-name abc Snow

Related commands

display local-user

group

Use group to assign a local user to a user group.

Use undo group to restore the default.

Syntax

group group-name

undo group

Default

A local user belongs to user group system.

Views

Local user view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

group-name: Specifies the user group name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Examples

# Assign device management user 111 to user group abc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user 111 class manage

[Sysname-luser-manage-111] group abc

Related commands

display local-user

local-guest email format

Use local-guest email format to configure the subject and body for the email notifications of local guest information.

Use undo local-guest email format to delete the configured subject or body for the email notifications of local guest information.

Syntax

local-guest email format to { guest | manager | sponsor } { body body-string | subject sub-string }

undo local-guest email format to { guest | manager | sponsor } { body | subject }

Default

No subject or body is configured for the email notifications of local guest information.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

to: Specifies the email recipient.

guest: Specifies the local guest.

manager: Specifies the guest manager.

sponsor: Specifies the guest sponsor.

body body-string: Configures the body content. The body-string argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

subject sub-string: Configures the email subject. The sub-string argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 127 characters.

Usage guidelines

Email notifications need to be sent to notify the local guests, guest sponsors, or guest managers of the guest account information or guest registration requests. Use this command to configure the subject and body for the email notifications to be sent by the device.

You can configure one subject and one body for each email recipient. If you configure the subject or body content multiple times for the same recipient, the most recent configuration takes effect.

You must configure both the subject and body for each recipient.

Examples

# Configure the subject and body for the email notifications to send to the local guest.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-guest email format to guest subject Guest account information

[Sysname] local-guest email format to guest body A guest account has been created for you. The username, password, and validity period of the account are given below.

Related commands

local-guest email sender

local-guest email smtp-server

local-guest manager-email

local-guest send-email

local-guest email sender

Use local-guest email sender to configure the email sender address in email notifications of local guests sent by the device.

Use undo local-guest email sender to restore the default.

Syntax

local-guest email sender email-address

undo local-guest email sender

Default

No email sender address is configured for the email notifications of local guests sent by the device.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

email-address: Specifies the email sender address, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify the email sender address, the device cannot send email notifications.

The device supports only one email sender address. If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify the email sender address as abc@yyy.com for email notifications of local guests.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-guest email sender abc@yyy.com

Related commands

local-guest email format

local-guest email smtp-server

local-guest manager-email

local-guest send-email

local-guest email smtp-server

Use local-guest email smtp-server to specify an SMTP server to send email notifications of local guests.

Use undo local-guest email smtp-server to restore the default.

Syntax

local-guest email smtp-server url-string

undo local-guest email smtp-server

Default

No SMTP server is specified to send email notifications of local guests.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

url-string: Specifies the path of the SMTP server, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. The path must comply with the standard SMTP protocol and start with smtp://.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Specify the SMTP server at smtp://www.test.com/smtp to send local guest email notifications.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-guest email smtp-server smtp://www.test.com/smtp

Related commands

local-guest email format

local-guest email sender

local-guest manager-email

local-guest send-email

local-guest generate

Use local-guest generate to create local guests in batch.

Syntax

local-guest generate username-prefix name-prefix [ password-prefix password-prefix ] suffix suffix-number [ group group-name ] count user-count validity-datetime start-date start-time to expiration-date expiration-time

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

username-prefix name-prefix: Specifies the name prefix. The name-prefix argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 70 characters. The prefix cannot contain any of the following characters: forward slash (/), backslash (\), vertical bar (|), colon (:), asterisk (*), question mark (?), left angle bracket (<), right angle bracket (>), or at sign (@).

password-prefix password-prefix: Specifies a prefix for the plaintext password. The password-prefix argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 53 characters. If you do not specify a password prefix, the device randomly generates passwords for the local guests.

suffix suffix-number: Specifies the start suffix number of the username and password. The suffix-number argument is a numeric string of 1 to 10 digits.

group group-name: Specifies a user group by the name. The group-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 32 characters. If you do not specify a user group, the guests are assigned to the system-defined user group system.

count user-count: Specifies the number of local guests to be created. The value range for the user-count argument is 1 to 256.

validity-datetime: Specifies the validity period of the local guests.

start-date: Specifies the start date of the validity period, in the format of MM/DD/YYYY or YYYY/MM/DD. The value range for the MM argument is 1 to 12. The value range for the DD argument varies with the specified month. The value range for the YYYY argument is 2000 to 2035.

start-time: Specifies the start time of the validity period, in the format of hh:mm:ss. The value range for the hh argument is 0 to 23. The value range for the mm and ss arguments is 0 to 59. The mm and ss arguments are optional. For example, enter 1 to indicate 1:00:00. A value of 0 indicates 00:00:00.

to: Specifies the end date and time of the validity period.

expiration-date: Specifies the expiration date in the format of MM/DD/YYYY or YYYY/MM/DD. The value range for the MM argument is 1 to 12. The value range for the DD argument varies with the specified month. The value range for the YYYY argument is 2000 to 2035.

expiration-time: Specifies the expiration time in the format of hh:mm:ss. The value range for the hh argument is 0 to 23. The value range for the mm and ss arguments is 0 to 59. The mm and ss arguments are optional. For example, enter 1 to indicate 1:00:00. A value of 0 indicates 00:00:00.

Usage guidelines

Account names of batch created local guests start with the same string specified by the name prefix, and end with a different number as the suffix. The system increases the start suffix number by 1 for each new local guest created in the batch.

The device generates plaintext passwords by using the password prefix and suffix number in the same way it batch creates the local guest names.

Consider the system resources when you specify the number of local guests to create. The device might fail to create all accounts for a large batch of local guests because of insufficient resources.

If a local guest to be created has the same name as an existing local guest on the device, the new guest overrides the existing guest.

Examples

# Create 20 local guests in batch with user names abc01 through abc20 for user group visit. The user accounts are effective from 2020/01/01 00:00:00 to 2020/02/02 12:00:00.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-guest generate username-prefix abc suffix 01 group visit count 20 validity-datetime 2020/01/01 00:00:00 to 2020/02/02 12:00:00

Related commands

local-user

display local-user

local-guest manager-email

Use local-guest manager-email to configure the email address of the guest manager.

Use undo local-guest manager-email to restore the default.

Syntax

local-guest manager-email email-address

undo local-guest manager-email

Default

No email address is configured for the guest manager.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

email-address: Specifies the email address, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. For example, sec@abc.com. The address must comply with RFC 822.

Usage guidelines

Use this command to specify the email address to which the device sends the local guest registration requests for approval.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure the email address of the guest manager as mailto:xyz@yyy.com.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-guest manager-email xyz@yyy.com

Related commands

local-guest email format

local-guest email sender

local-guest email smtp-server

local-guest send-email

local-guest send-email

Use local-guest send-email to send emails to a local guest or guest sponsor.

Syntax

local-guest send-email user-name user-name to { guest | sponsor }

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

user-name user-name: Specifies a local guest by the username, a string of 1 to 80 characters. The username of the specified guest can be a pure username or contain a domain name (in the format of pure-username@domain-name).

·     The pure username is a case-sensitive string and must meet the following requirements:

¡     Cannot contain any of the following characters: forward slash (/), backslash (\), vertical bar (|), colon (:), asterisk (*), question mark (?), left angle bracket (<), right angle bracket (>), or at sign (@).

¡     Cannot be a, al, or all.

·     The domain name is a case-insensitive string and cannot contain an at sign (@).

to: Specifies the email recipient.

guest: Specifies the local guest.

sponsor: Specifies the guest sponsor.

Usage guidelines

Device managers can use this command to inform local guests or guest sponsors of the guest password and validity period information.

Examples

# Send an email to notify local guest abc of the guest password and validity period information.

<Sysname> local-guest send-email user-name abc to guest

Related commands

email

sponsor-email

local-guest timer

Use local-guest timer to set the waiting-approval timeout timer for local guests.

Syntax

local-guest timer waiting-approval time-value

undo local-guest timer waiting-approval

Default

The setting is 24 hours.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

time-value: Specifies the waiting-approval timeout timer in the range of 1 to 720, in hours.

Usage guidelines

The waiting-approval timeout timer starts when the registration request of a local guest is sent for approval. If the request is not approved within the timer, the device deletes the registration request.

Examples

# Set the waiting-approval timeout timer to 12 hours.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-guest timer waiting-approval 12

local-user

Use local-user to add a local user and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing local user.

Use undo local-user to delete local users.

Syntax

local-user user-name [ class { manage | network [ guest ] } ]

undo local-user { user-name class { manage | network [ guest ] } | all [ class { manage | network [ guest ] } |service-type { advpn | ftp | http | https | ike | lan-access | onu | pad | portal | ppp | ssh | telnet | terminal } ] }

Default

No local users exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

user-name: Specifies the username of the local user, a string of 1 to 80 characters. The specified username can be a pure username or contain a domain name (in the format of pure-username@domain-name).

·     The pure username is a case-sensitive string and must meet the following requirements:

¡     Cannot contain any of the following characters: forward slash (/), backslash (\), vertical bar (|), colon (:), asterisk (*), question mark (?), left angle bracket (<), right angle bracket (>), or at sign (@).

¡     Cannot be a substring of all or auto-delete that starts with character a (for example, a, al, all, au, aut, auto, or auto-).

·     The domain name is a case-insensitive string and cannot contain an at sign (@).

class: Specifies the local user type. If you do not specify this keyword, the command adds a device management user.

manage: Device management user that can configure and monitor the device after login. Device management users can use FTP, HTTP, HTTPS, Telnet, SSH, terminal, and PAD services.

network: Network access user that accesses network resources through the device. Network access users can use ADVPN, IKE, LAN access, portal, PPP, and ONU services.

guest: Guest that can access network resources through the device during a specific validity period. Guests can use LAN access and portal services.

all: Specifies all users.

service-type: Specifies the local users that use a specific type of service.

advpn: ADVPN tunnel users.

ftp: FTP users.

http: HTTP users.

https: HTTPS users.

ike: IKE users that access the network through IKE extended authentication.

lan-access: LAN users that typically access the network through an Ethernet.

onu: ONU users.

pad: X.25 PAD users.

portal: Portal users.

ppp: PPP users.

ssh: SSH users.

telnet: Telnet users.

terminal: Terminal users that log in through console ports or async ports.

Usage guidelines

If the local username contains Chinese characters, make sure the endpoint software used at device login uses the same character set encoding format as the encoding format used by the device to save local user configuration. If they use different encoding formats, the username cannot be correctly decoded on the device, which might cause local authentication failure. To view the character set encoding format used by the device, use the display character-encoding command.

Examples

# Add a device management user named user1 and enter local user view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user user1 class manage

[Sysname-luser-manage-user1]

# Add a network access user named user2 and enter local user view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user user2 class network

[Sysname-luser-network-user2]

# Add a local guest named user3 and enter local guest view.

Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user user3 class network guest

[Sysname-luser-network(guest)-user3]

Related commands

display local-user

display character-encoding (Fundamentals Command Reference)

service-type (local user view)

local-user auto-delete enable

Use local-user auto-delete enable to enable the local user auto-delete feature.

Use undo local-user auto-delete enable to restore the default.

Syntax

local-user auto-delete enable

undo local-user auto-delete enable

Default

The local user auto-delete feature is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This feature enables the device to examine the validity of local users at fixed time periods of 10 minutes and automatically delete expired local users.

Examples

# Enable the local user auto-delete feature.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user auto-delete enable

Related commands

validity-datetime

local-user-export class network

Use local-user-export class network to export network access user account information to a .csv file.

Syntax

local-user-export class network url url-string [ from { group group-name | user user-name } ]

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

url url-string: Specifies the URL of the destination file, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

from: Specifies the range of users to be exported. If you do not specify this keyword, the command exports all network access users on the device.

group group-name: Specifies a user group by the name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

user user-name: Specifies a user by the name, a string of 1 to 80 characters. The specified username can be a pure username or contain a domain name (in the format of pure-username@domain-name).

·     The pure username is a case-sensitive string and must meet the following requirements:

¡     Cannot contain any of the following characters: forward slash (/), backslash (\), vertical bar (|), colon (:), asterisk (*), question mark (?), left angle bracket (<), right angle bracket (>), or at sign (@).

¡     Cannot be a, al, or all.

·     The domain name is a case-insensitive string and cannot contain an at sign (@).

Usage guidelines

You can import the user account information back to the device or to other devices that support the local-user-import class network command. Before the import, you can edit the .csv file as needed. However, you must follow the restrictions in "local-user-import class network."

The device supports TFTP and FTP file transfer modes. Table 11 describes the valid URL formats of the .csv file.

Table 11 URL formats

Protocol

URL format

Description

TFTP

tftp://server/path/filename

Specify a TFTP server by IP address or hostname. For example, specify the file path as tftp://1.1.1.1/user/user.csv.

FTP

·     With FTP user name and password:
ftp://username:password@server/path/filename

·     Without FTP user name and password:
ftp://server/path/filename

Specify an FTP server by IP address or hostname.

The device ignores the domain name in the FTP user name.

For example, specify the file path as ftp://1:1@1.1.1.1/user/user.csv or ftp://1.1.1.1/user/user.csv.

 

Examples

# Export network access user account information to the identityuser.csv file in the ftp://1.1.1.1/user/ path.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user-export class network url ftp://1.1.1.1/user/identityuser.csv

Related commands

display local-user

local-user-import class network

local-user-export class network guest

Use local-user-export class network guest to export local guest account information to a .csv file.

Syntax

local-user-export class network guest url url-string

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

url url-string: Specifies the URL of the destination file, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can import the user account information back to the device or to other devices that support the local-user-import class network guest command. Before the import, you can edit the .csv file as needed. However, you must follow the restrictions in "local-user-import class network guest."

The device supports TFTP and FTP file transfer modes. Table 12 describes the valid URL formats of the .csv file.

Table 12 URL formats

Protocol

URL format

Description

TFTP

tftp://server/path/filename

Specify a TFTP server by IP address or hostname. For example, specify the file path as tftp://1.1.1.1/user/user.csv.

FTP

·     With FTP user name and password:
ftp://username:password@server/path/filename

·     Without FTP user name and password:
ftp://server/path/filename

Specify an FTP server by IP address or hostname.

The device ignores the domain name in the FTP user name.

For example, specify the file path as ftp://1:1@1.1.1.1/user/user.csv or ftp://1.1.1.1/user/user.csv.

 

Examples

# Export local guest account information to the guest.csv file in the ftp://1.1.1.1/user/ path.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user-export class network guest url ftp://1.1.1.1/user/guest.csv

Related commands

display local-user

local-user-import class network guest

local-user-import class network

Use local-user-import class network to import user information from a .csv file and create network access users based on the imported information.

Syntax

local-user-import class network url url-string [ auto-create-group | override | start-line line-number ] *

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

url url-string: Specifies the URL of the source file, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

auto-create-group: Enables the device to automatically create user groups for the imported network access users if the groups do not exist on the device. If you do not specify this keyword, the device ignores the nonexistent user groups of the network access users and assigns the users to the predefined user group system.

override: Specifies the device to override the existing account with the same name as a user account to be imported. If you do not specify this keyword, the device retains the existing account information.

start-line line-number: Specifies the number of the line at which the account import begins. The value range for the line-number argument is 1 to 1048576. If you do not specify this option, the command imports information about all user accounts in the file.

Usage guidelines

The .csv file contains multiple parameters for each account and the parameters must be strictly arranged in the following order:

·     Username—The username cannot be empty and is a string of 1 to 80 characters. The username can be a pure username or contain a domain name (in the format of pure-username@domain-name).

¡     The pure username is a case-sensitive string and must meet the following requirements:

-     Cannot contain any of the following characters: forward slash (/), backslash (\), vertical bar (|), colon (:), asterisk (*), question mark (?), left angle bracket (<), right angle bracket (>), or at sign (@).

-     Cannot be a, al, or all.

¡     The domain name is a case-insensitive string and cannot contain an at sign (@).

 

IMPORTANT

IMPORTANT:

Any invalid character results in account import failure and interruption.

 

·     Password form—Plaintext or encrypted form. If the parameter is empty, the password is in encrypted form.

·     Password—The encrypted form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 117 characters. The plaintext form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. If the device fails to parse the password or the password is empty, the device imports the account without a password.

·     Authorization user group—User group to which the user belongs after the user passes local authentication. The group name is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters. If the parameter is empty, the device assigns the user to the default user group system.

·     Identity groups—Groups for identity-based access control. A user can belong to multiple identity groups. An identity group name is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters. Separate identity group names by the string 0x0A. If the parameter is empty, the user does not belong to any identity group.

·     Service types—Services to assign to the user. Available services include portal, PPP, LAN access, ADVPN, ONU, and IKE. A service name is case insensitive. Separate service types by the string 0x0A. If the parameter is empty, the user cannot use any service.

·     Max concurrent logins—The maximum number of online users with the same user name. The value range is 1 to 1024. If the parameter is empty, the device does not restrict the number of online users with the same user name.

Separate different accounts by a carriage return and separate each parameter value of the same account by a comma (,). For example,

Jack,$c$3$uM6DH5empTfbsx341Qk/ORGozkbxNE0=,author-group1,parent-group1(0x0A)parent-group2,portal(0x0A)lan-access,1024

Mary,$c$3$YpVonswJTN1dVMEev+zu2pgrCIIJ,author-group2,parent-group1(0x0A)parent-group2,ppp(0x0A)ipoe,800

When you edit the .csv file, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

·     Start lines with pound signs (#) to contain explanation information for usage guidelines. The device does not import the lines as user account information.

·     Separate parameter values by a comma (,). If the value of a parameter contains a comma (,), you must enclose the value into single quotation marks (') to avoid ambiguity. For example, if the authorization user group of a user is named as author,group, you must specify the authorization user group name as 'author,group' in the .csv file.

The device supports TFTP and FTP file transfer modes. Table 14 describes the valid URL formats of the .csv file.

Table 13 URL formats

Protocol

URL format

Description

TFTP

tftp://server/path/filename

Specify a TFTP server by IP address or hostname. For example, specify the file path as tftp://1.1.1.1/user/user.csv.

FTP

·     With FTP user name and password:
ftp://username:password@server/path/filename

·     Without FTP user name and password:
ftp://server/path/filename

Specify an FTP server by IP address or hostname.

The device ignores the domain name in the FTP user name.

For example, specify the file path as ftp://1:1@1.1.1.1/user/user.csv or ftp://1.1.1.1/user/user.csv.

 

Examples

# Import user account information from the localuser.csv file in the ftp://1.1.1.1/user/ path, and create network access users based on the imported information. Specify the device to ignore the accounts that have the same name as the existing accounts on the device. Enable the device to automatically create the user group of an imported network access user if the user group does not exist on the device.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user-import class network url ftp://1.1.1.1/user/localuser.csv auto-create-group

Related commands

local-user-export class network

local-user-import class network guest

Use local-user-import class network guest to import local guest account information from a .csv file to create local guests based on the imported information.

Syntax

local-user-import class network guest url url-string validity-datetime start-date start-time to expiration-date expiration-time [ auto-create-group | override | start-line line-number ] *

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

url url-string: Specifies the source file path. The url-string argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

validity-datetime: Specifies the guest validity period of the local guests.

start-date: Specifies the start date of the validity period, in the format of MM/DD/YYYY or YYYY/MM/DD. The value range for the MM argument is 1 to 12. The value range for the DD argument varies with the specified month. The value range for the YYYY argument is 2000 to 2035.

start-time: Specifies the start time of the validity period, in the format of hh:mm:ss. The value range for the hh argument is 0 to 23. The value range for the mm and ss arguments is 0 to 59. The mm and ss arguments are optional. For example, enter 1 to indicate 1:00:00. A value of 0 indicates 00:00:00.

to: Specifies the end date and time of the validity period.

expiration-date: Specifies the expiration date in the format of MM/DD/YYYY or YYYY/MM/DD. The value range for the MM argument is 1 to 12. The value range for the DD argument varies with the specified month. The value range for the YYYY argument is 2000 to 2035.

expiration-time: Specifies the expiration time in the format of hh:mm:ss. The value range for the hh argument is 0 to 23. The value range for the mm and ss arguments is 0 to 59. The mm and ss arguments are optional. For example, enter 1 to indicate 1:00:00. A value of 0 indicates 00:00:00.

auto-create-group: Enables the device to automatically create user groups for the imported local guests if the groups in the imported information do not exist on the device. If you do not specify this keyword, the device adds all imported local guests to the system-defined user group named system.

override: Enables the device to override the existing account with the same name as an imported guest account. If you do not specify this keyword, the device retains the existing account and does not import the local guest with the same name.

start-line line-number: Specifies the number of the line at which the account import begins. If you do not specify a line number, this command imports all accounts in the .csv file.

Usage guidelines

The .csv file contains multiple parameters for each account and the parameters must be strictly arranged in the following order:

·     Username—User name of the guest account. The user name cannot be empty.

·     Password—Password of the guest account in plaintext form. If the password is empty, the device generates a random password in encrypted form for the guest.

·     User group—User group to which the guest belongs. If the user group is empty, the device assigns the guest to the system-defined user group named system.

·     Guest full name—Name of the guest.

·     Guest company—Company of the guest.

·     Guest email—Email address of the guest.

·     Guest phone—Phone number of the guest.

·     Guest description—Description of the guest.

·     Sponsor full name—Name of the guest sponsor.

·     Sponsor department—Department of the guest sponsor.

·     Sponsor email—Email address of the guest sponsor.

The value of each parameter in the file must meet the requirements of the local user attributes on the device. Any violation results in account import failure and interruption. The system displays the number of the line where the account import is interrupted.

Separate different account entries by a carriage return and separate each parameter value in an account entry by a comma (,). If the value of a parameter contains a comma (,), you must enclose the value within a pair of quotation marks ("") to avoid ambiguity. For example,

Jack,abc,visit,Jack Chen,ETP,jack@etp.com,1399899,"The manager of ETP, come from TP.",Sam Wang,Ministry of personnel,Sam@yy.com

The device supports TFTP and FTP file transfer modes. Table 14 describes the valid URL formats of the .csv file.

Table 14 URL formats

Protocol

URL format

Description

TFTP

tftp://server/path/filename

Specify a TFTP server by IP address or hostname. For example, specify the file path as tftp://1.1.1.1/user/user.csv.

FTP

·     With FTP user name and password:
ftp://username:password@server/path/filename

·     Without FTP user name and password:
ftp://server/path/filename

Specify an FTP server by IP address or hostname.

The device ignores the domain name in the FTP user name.

For example, specify the file path as ftp://1:1@1.1.1.1/user/user.csv or ftp://1.1.1.1/user/user.csv.

 

Examples

# Import guest account information from the ftp://1.1.1.1/user/guest.csv file and specify a validity period for the imported guests.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user-import class network guest url ftp://1.1.1.1/user/guest.csv validity-datetime 2020/02/01 00:00:00 to 2020/02/02 12:00:00

Related commands

display local-user

local-user-export class network guest

password (device management user view)

Use password to configure a password for a device management user.

Use undo password to restore the default.

Syntax

password [ { hash | simple } string ]

undo password

Default

A device management user does not have a password and can pass authentication after entering the correct username and passing attribute checks.

Views

Device management user view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

hash: Specifies a password encrypted by the hash algorithm.

simple: Specifies a password in plaintext form. For security purposes, the password specified in plaintext form will be stored in hashed form.

string: Specifies the password string. This argument is case sensitive. The hashed form of the password is a string of 1 to 110 characters. The plaintext form of the password is a string of 1 to 63 characters.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify any parameters, you enter the interactive mode to set a plaintext password.

A device management user for which no password is specified can pass authentication after entering the correct username and passing attribute checks. To enhance security, configure a password for each device management user.

When global password control is enabled, the device handles passwords of device management users as follows:

·     All passwords in the history records are saved in hashed form.

·     If a user changes its own password in plaintext form, the system requests the user to enter the current plaintext password. The new password must be different from all passwords in the history records and the current password. In addition, the new password must have a minimum of four characters different from the current password.

·     If a user changes the password for another user in plaintext form, the new password must be different from the latter user's all passwords in the history records and current password.

·     If a user deletes its own password, the system requests the user to enter the current plaintext password.

·     Except the above listed situations, the system does not request a user to enter the current plaintext password or compare the new password with passwords in the history records and the current password.

Examples

# Set the password to 123456TESTplat&! in plaintext form for device management user user1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user user1 class manage

[Sysname-luser-manage-user1] password simple 123456TESTplat&!

# Configure the password in interactive mode for device management user test.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user test class manage

[Sysname-luser-manage-test] password

Password:

Confirm:

Related commands

display local-user

password (network access user view)

Use password to configure a password for a network access user.

Use undo password to restore the default.

Syntax

password { cipher | simple } string

undo password

Default

A network access user does not have a password and can pass authentication after entering the correct username and passing attribute checks.

Views

Network access user view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cipher: Specifies a password in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies a password in plaintext form. For security purposes, the password specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the password string. Its plaintext form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. Its encrypted form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 117 characters.

Usage guidelines

As a best practice to enhance security, configure a password for each network access user.

Examples

# Set the password to 123456TESTuser&! in plaintext form for network access user user1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user user1 class network

[Sysname-luser-network-user1] password simple 123456TESTuser&!

Related commands

display local-user

password (user view)

Use password to configure a password for a device management user in interactive mode.

Syntax

password

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Use this command to configure a password in interactive mode for an existing device management user without entering the user's local user view.

The password is a plaintext string of 1 to 63 characters.

Examples

# Configure a password for user test.

<Sysname> password

Change password for user: test

Old password:

Enter new password:

Confirm:

Related commands

password (device management user view)

phone

Use phone to specify the phone number of a local guest.

Use undo phone to restore the default.

Syntax

phone phone-number

undo phone

Default

No phone number is specified for a local guest.

Views

Local guest view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

phone-number: Specifies the phone number, a string of 1 to 32 characters.

Examples

# Specify the phone number as 13813723920 for local guest abc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user abc class network guest

[Sysname-luser-network(guest)-abc] phone 13813723920

Related commands

display local-user

reset local-guest waiting-approval

Use reset local-guest waiting-approval to clear pending registration requests for local guests.

Syntax

reset local-guest waiting-approval [ user-name user-name ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

user-name user-name: Specifies a local guest by the username, a string of 1 to 80 characters. If you do not specify a local guest, this command clears information about all registration requests for all local guests. The username of the specified local guest can be a pure username or contain a domain name (in the format of pure-username@domain-name).

·     The pure username is a case-sensitive string and must meet the following requirements:

¡     Cannot contain any of the following characters: forward slash (/), backslash (\), vertical bar (|), colon (:), asterisk (*), question mark (?), left angle bracket (<), right angle bracket (>), or at sign (@).

¡     Cannot be a, al, or all.

·     The domain name is a case-insensitive string and cannot contain an at sign (@).

Examples

# Clear information about all registration requests for local guests.

<Sysname> reset local-guest waiting-approval

Related commands

display local-guest waiting-approval

service-type (local user view)

Use service-type to specify the service types that a local user can use.

Use undo service-type to remove service types configured for a local user.

Syntax

service-type { advpn | ftp | ike | lan-access | { http | https | onu | pad | ssh | telnet | terminal } * | portal | ppp }

undo service-type { advpn | ftp | ike | lan-access | { http | https | onu | pad | ssh | telnet | terminal } * | portal | ppp }

Default

A local user is not authorized to use any service.

Views

Local user view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

advpn: Authorizes the user to use the ADVPN service.

ftp: Authorizes the user to use the FTP service. The authorized directory can be modified by using the authorization-attribute work-directory command.

http: Authorizes the user to use the HTTP service.

https: Authorizes the user to use the HTTPS service.

ike: Authorizes the user to use the IKE extended authentication service.

lan-access: Authorizes the user to use the LAN access service. The users are typically Ethernet users.

onu: Authorizes the user to use the ONU service.

pad: Authorizes the user to use the PAD service.

ssh: Authorizes the user to use the SSH service.

telnet: Authorizes the user to use the Telnet service.

terminal: Authorizes the user to use the terminal service and log in from a console or async port.

portal: Authorizes the user to use the portal service.

ppp: Authorizes the user to use the PPP service.

Usage guidelines

You can assign multiple service types to a user.

Examples

# Authorize device management user user1 to use the Telnet and FTP services.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user user1 class manage

[Sysname-luser-manage-user1] service-type telnet

[Sysname-luser-manage-user1] service-type ftp

Related commands

display local-user

sponsor-department

Use sponsor-department to specify the department of the guest sponsor for a local guest.

Use undo sponsor-department to restore the default.

Syntax

sponsor-department department-string

undo sponsor-department

Default

No department is specified for the guest sponsor of a local guest.

Views

Local guest view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

department-string: Specifies the department name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 127 characters.

Examples

# Specify the department as test for the guest sponsor of local guest abc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user abc class network guest

[Sysname-luser-network(guest)-abc] sponsor-department test

Related commands

display local-user

sponsor-email

Use sponsor-email to specify the email address of the guest sponsor for a local guest.

Use undo sponsor-email to restore the default.

Syntax

sponsor-email email-string

undo sponsor-email

Default

No email address is specified for the guest sponsor.

Views

Local guest view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

email-string: Specifies the email address, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. The address must comply with RFC 822.

Examples

# Specify the email address as Sam@a.com for the guest sponsor of local guest abc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user abc class network guest

[Sysname-luser-network(guest)-abc] sponsor-email Sam@a.com

Related commands

display local-user

sponsor-full-name

Use sponsor-full-name to specify the guest sponsor name for a local guest.

Use undo sponsor-full-name to restore the default.

Syntax

sponsor-full-name name-string

undo sponsor-full-name

Default

No guest sponsor name is specified for a local guest.

Views

Local guest view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

name-string: Specifies the guest sponsor name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

Examples

# Specify the guest sponsor name as Sam Li for local guest abc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user abc class network guest

[Sysname-luser-network(guest)-abc] sponsor-full-name Sam Li

Related commands

display local-user

state (local user view)

Use state to set the status of a local user.

Use undo state to restore the default.

Syntax

state { active | block }

undo state

Default

A local user is in active state.

Views

Local user view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

active: Places the local user in active state to allow the local user to request network services.

block: Places the local user in blocked state to prevent the local user from requesting network services.

Examples

# Place device management user user1 in blocked state.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user user1 class manage

[Sysname-luser-manage-user1] state block

Related commands

display local-user

user-group

Use user-group to create a user group and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing user group.

Use undo user-group to delete a user group.

Syntax

user-group group-name

undo user-group group-name

Default

A system-defined user group exists. The group name is system.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

group-name: Specifies the user group name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

A user group consists of a group of local users and has a set of local user attributes. You can configure local user attributes for a user group to implement centralized management of user attributes for the local users in the group.

A user group that has local users cannot be deleted.

You can modify settings for the system-defined user group named system, but you cannot delete the user group.

Examples

# Create a user group named abc and enter user group view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] user-group abc

[Sysname-ugroup-abc]

Related commands

display user-group

validity-datetime

Use validity-datetime to specify the validity period for a network access user.

Use undo validity-datetime to restore the default.

Syntax

In network access user view:

validity-datetime { from start-date start-time to expiration-date expiration-time | from start-date start-time | to expiration-date expiration-time }

undo validity-datetime

In local guest view:

validity-datetime from start-date start-time to expiration-date expiration-time

undo validity-datetime

Default

The validity period for a local user does not expire.

Views

Network access user view

Local guest view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

from: Specifies the validity start date and time for the user. If you do not specify this option, the command defines only the expiration date and time of the user.

start-date: Specifies the date on which the user becomes effective. The date is in the format of MM/DD/YYYY or YYYY/MM/DD. The value range for the MM argument is 1 to 12. The value range for the DD argument varies with the specified month. The value range for the YYYY argument is 2000 to 2035.

start-time: Specifies the time on the day when the user becomes effective. The time is in the format of hh:mm:ss. The value range for the hh argument is 0 to 23. The value range for the mm and ss arguments is 0 to 59. The mm and ss arguments are optional. For example, enter 1 to indicate 1:00:00. A value of 0 indicates 00:00:00.

to: Specifies the expiration date and time for the user. If you do not specify this option, the command defines only the validity start date and time of the user.

expiration-date: Specifies the expiration date in the format of MM/DD/YYYY or YYYY/MM/DD. The value range for the MM argument is 1 to 12. The value range for the DD argument varies with the specified month. The value range for the YYYY argument is 2000 to 2035.

expiration-time: Specifies the expiration time in the format of hh:mm:ss. The value range for the hh argument is 0 to 23. The value range for the mm and ss arguments is 0 to 59. The mm and ss arguments are optional. For example, enter 1 to indicate 1:00:00. A value of 0 indicates 00:00:00.

Usage guidelines

Expired network access user accounts cannot be used for authentication.

When both from and to options are specified, the expiration date and time must be later than the validity start date and time.

When only the from option is specified, the user is valid since the specified date and time. When only the to option is specified, the user is valid until the specified date and time.

When the RADIUS server feature is enabled on the device, the RADIUS user data for authentication is automatically generated from the network access user configuration. The device ignores the validity start date and time of the RADIUS users.

Examples

# Specify the validity period for network access user 123.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] local-user 123 class network

[Sysname-luser-network-123] validity-datetime from 2020/01/01 00:00:00 to 2020/02/02 12:00:00

Related commands

display local-user

RADIUS commands

aaa device-id

Use aaa device-id to configure the device ID.

Use undo aaa device-id to restore the default.

Syntax

aaa device-id device-id

undo aaa device-id

Default

The device ID is 0.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

device-id: Specifies a device ID in the range of 1 to 255.

Usage guidelines

RADIUS uses the value of the Acct-Session-ID attribute as the accounting ID for a user. The device generates an Acct-Session-ID value that includes the device ID for each online user.

If you modify the device ID, the new device ID does not take effect on users that have been online during the change.

Examples

# Configure the device ID as 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] aaa device-id 1

accounting-on enable

Use accounting-on enable to configure the accounting-on feature.

Use undo accounting-on enable to disable the accounting-on feature.

Syntax

accounting-on enable [ interval interval | send send-times ] *

undo accounting-on enable

Default

The accounting-on feature is disabled.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interval interval: Specifies the time interval for retransmitting an accounting-on packet in seconds. The value range for the interval argument is 1 to 15, and the default setting is 3.

send send-times: Specifies the maximum number of accounting-on packet transmission attempts. The value range for the send-times argument is 1 to 255, and the default setting is 50.

Usage guidelines

The accounting-on feature enables the device to automatically send an accounting-on packet to the RADIUS server after a device reboot. Upon receiving the accounting-on packet, the RADIUS server logs out all online users so they can log in again through the device.

Execute the save command to ensure that the accounting-on enable command takes effect at the next device reboot. For information about the save command, see Fundamentals Command Reference.

Parameters set by using the accounting-on enable command take effect immediately.

Examples

# Enable the accounting-on feature for RADIUS scheme radius1, and set the retransmission interval to 5 seconds and the transmission attempts to 15.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] accounting-on enable interval 5 send 15

Related commands

display radius scheme

accounting-on extended

Use accounting-on extended to enable the extended accounting-on feature.

Use undo accounting-on extended to disable the extended accounting-on feature.

Syntax

accounting-on extended

undo accounting-on extended

Default

The extended accounting-on feature is disabled.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Usage guidelines

The extended accounting-on feature enhances the accounting-on feature by applying to a distributed architecture. For the extended accounting-on feature to take effect, the RADIUS server must run on IMC and the accounting-on feature must be enabled.

The extended accounting-on feature is applicable to LAN and PPP (L2TP LAC-side) users. The user data is saved to the cards through which the users access the device.

When this feature is enabled, the device automatically sends an accounting-on packet to the RADIUS server after a card reboots (device not reboot). The packet contains the card identifier. Upon receiving the accounting-on packet, the RADIUS server logs out all online users that access the device through the card. If no users have come online through the card, the device does not send an accounting-on packet to the RADIUS server after the card reboots.

The device uses the packet retransmission interval and maximum transmission attempts set by using the accounting-on enable command for this feature.

Execute the save command to ensure that the accounting-on extended command takes effect at the next card reboot. For information about the save command, see Fundamentals Command Reference.

Examples

# Enable the extended accounting-on feature for RADIUS scheme radius1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] accounting-on extended

Related commands

accounting-on enable

display radius scheme

attribute 15 check-mode

Use attribute 15 check-mode to configure the Login-Service attribute check method for SSH, FTP, and terminal users.

Use undo attribute 15 check-mode to restore the default.

Syntax

attribute 15 check-mode { loose | strict }

undo attribute 15 check-mode

Default

The strict check method applies for SSH, FTP, and terminal users.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

loose: Matches the standard Login-Service attribute value 0 for SSH, FTP, and terminal services.

strict: Matches Login-Service attribute values 50, 51, and 52 for SSH, FTP, and terminal services, respectively.

Usage guidelines

Use the loose check method only when the server does not issue Login-Service attribute values 50, 51, and 52 for SSH, FTP, and terminal users.

Examples

# Configure the Login-Service attribute check method as loose for SSH, FTP, and terminal users in RADIUS scheme radius1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] attribute 15 check-mode loose

Related commands

display radius scheme

attribute 25 car

Use attribute 25 car to configure the device to interpret the RADIUS class attribute (attribute 25) as CAR parameters.

Use undo attribute 25 car to restore the default.

Syntax

attribute 25 car

undo attribute 25 car

Default

The RADIUS class attribute is not interpreted as CAR parameters.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Configure the device to interpret the RADIUS class attribute if the RADIUS server uses the attribute to deliver CAR parameters for user-based traffic monitoring and control.

The device can interpret the RADIUS class attribute only in the format of string1string2string3string4 as CAR parameters. Each string contains eight characters and each character must be a digit from 0 to 9.

After the device interprets the RADIUS class attribute sent by a RADIUS server as CAR parameters, it carries the interpreted CAR parameters in the subsequent accounting packets sent to that server instead of carrying the original class attribute.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, configure the device to interpret the RADIUS class attribute as CAR parameters.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] attribute 25 car

Related commands

display radius scheme

attribute 30 mac-format

Use attribute 30 mac-format to configure the format of the MAC address in the RADIUS Called-Station-Id attribute.

Use undo attribute 30 mac-format to restore the default.

Syntax

attribute 30 mac-format section { one | { six | three } separator separator-character } { lowercase | uppercase }

undo attribute 30 mac-format

Default

The MAC address in the RADIUS Called-Station-Id attribute is in the format of HH-HH-HH-HH-HH-HH. The MAC address is separated by hyphens (-) into six sections with letters in upper case.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

section: Specifies the number of sections that a MAC address contains.

one: Specifies the one-section format HHHHHHHHHHHH.

six: Specifies the six-section format HH-HH-HH-HH-HH-HH.

three: Specifies the three-section format HHHH-HHHH-HHHH.

separator separator-character: Specifies a case-sensitive character that separates the sections.

lowercase: Specifies the letters in a MAC address to be in lower case.

uppercase: Specifies the letters in a MAC address to be in upper case.

Usage guidelines

Configure the format of the MAC address in the RADIUS Called-Station-Id attribute to meet the requirements of the RADIUS servers.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, specify hhhhhhhhhhhh as the format of the MAC address in the RADIUS Called-Station-Id attribute.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] attribute 30 mac-format section one lowercase

Related commands

display radius scheme

attribute 31 mac-format

Use attribute 31 mac-format to configure the format of the MAC address in the RADIUS Calling-Station-Id attribute.

Use undo attribute 31 mac-format to restore the default.

Syntax

attribute 31 mac-format section { one | six | three } separator separator-character { lowercase | uppercase }

undo attribute 31 mac-format

Default

The MAC address in the RADIUS Calling-Station-Id attribute (attribute 31) is in the format of HH-HH-HH-HH-HH-HH. The MAC address is separated by hyphens (-) into six sections with letters in upper case.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

section: Specifies the number of sections that a MAC address contains.

one: Specifies the one-section format HHHHHHHHHHHH.

six: Specifies the six-section format HH-HH-HH-HH-HH-HH.

three: Specifies the three-section format HHHH-HHHH-HHHH.

separator separator-character: Specifies a case-sensitive character that separates the sections.

lowercase: Specifies the letters in a MAC address to be in lower case.

uppercase: Specifies the letters in a MAC address to be in upper case.

Usage guidelines

Configure the the format of the MAC address in the RADIUS Calling-Station-Id attribute to meet the requirements of the RADIUS servers.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, specify hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh as the format of the MAC address in the RADIUS Calling-Station-Id attribute.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] attribute 31 mac-format section six separator : lowercase

Related commands

display radius scheme

attribute convert (RADIUS DAS view)

Use attribute convert to configure a RADIUS attribute conversion rule.

Use undo attribute convert to delete RADIUS attribute conversion rules.

Syntax

attribute convert src-attr-name to dest-attr-name { { coa-ack | coa-request } * | { received | sent } * }

undo attribute convert [ src-attr-name ]

Default

No RADIUS attribute conversion rules exist. The system processes RADIUS attributes according to the principles of the standard RADIUS protocol.

Views

RADIUS DAS view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

src-attr-name: Specifies the source RADIUS attribute by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The attribute must be supported by the system.

dest-attr-name: Specifies the destination RADIUS attribute by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The attribute must be supported by the system.

coa-ack: Specifies the CoA acknowledgment packets.

coa-request: Specifies the CoA request packets.

received: Specifies the received DAE packets.

sent: Specifies the sent DAE packets.

Usage guidelines

The device replaces the attribute in packets that match a RADIUS attribute conversion rule with the destination RADIUS attribute in the rule.

The conversion rules take effect only when the RADIUS attribute translation feature is enabled.

When you configure RADIUS attribute conversion rules, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

·     The source and destination RADIUS attributes in a rule must use the same data type.

·     The source and destination RADIUS attributes in a rule cannot use the same name.

·     A source RADIUS attribute can be converted only by one criterion, packet type or direction.

·     One source RADIUS attribute cannot be converted to multiple destination attributes.

If you do not specify a source RADIUS attribute, the undo attribute convert command deletes all RADIUS attribute conversion rules.

Examples

# In RADIUS DAS view, configure a RADIUS attribute conversion rule to replace the Hw-Server-String attribute in the received DAE packets with the Connect-Info attribute.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius dynamic-author server

[Sysname-radius-da-server] attribute convert Hw-Server-String to Connect-Info received

Related commands

attribute translate

attribute convert (RADIUS scheme view)

Use attribute convert to configure a RADIUS attribute conversion rule.

Use undo attribute convert to delete RADIUS attribute conversion rules.

Syntax

attribute convert src-attr-name to dest-attr-name { { access-accept | access-request | accounting } * | { received | sent } * }

undo attribute convert [ src-attr-name ]

Default

No RADIUS attribute conversion rules exist. The system processes RADIUS attributes according to the principles of the standard RADIUS protocol.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

src-attr-name: Specifies the source RADIUS attribute by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The attribute must be supported by the system.

dest-attr-name: Specifies the destination RADIUS attribute by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The attribute must be supported by the system.

access-accept: Specifies the RADIUS Access-Accept packets.

access-request: Specifies the RADIUS Access-Request packets.

accounting: Specifies the RADIUS accounting packets.

received: Specifies the received RADIUS packets.

sent: Specifies the sent RADIUS packets.

Usage guidelines

The device replaces the attribute in packets that match a RADIUS attribute conversion rule with the destination RADIUS attribute in the rule.

The conversion rules take effect only when the RADIUS attribute translation feature is enabled.

When you configure RADIUS attribute conversion rules, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

·     The source and destination RADIUS attributes in a rule must use the same data type.

·     The source and destination RADIUS attributes in a rule cannot use the same name.

·     A source RADIUS attribute can be converted only by one criterion, packet type or direction.

·     One source RADIUS attribute cannot be converted to multiple destination attributes.

If you do not specify a source RADIUS attribute, the undo attribute convert command deletes all RADIUS attribute conversion rules.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, configure a RADIUS attribute conversion rule to replace the Hw-Server-String attribute of received RADIUS packets with the Connect-Info attribute.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] attribute convert Hw-Server-String to Connect-Info received

Related commands

attribute translate

attribute reject (RADIUS DAS view)

Use attribute reject to configure a RADIUS attribute rejection rule.

Use undo attribute reject to delete RADIUS attribute rejection rules.

Syntax

attribute reject attr-name { { coa-ack | coa-request } * | { received | sent } * }

undo attribute reject [ attr-name ]

Default

No RADIUS attribute rejection rules exist.

Views

RADIUS DAS view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

attr-name: Specifies a RADIUS attribute by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The attribute must be supported by the system.

coa-ack: Specifies the CoA acknowledgment packets.

coa-request: Specifies the CoA request packets.

received: Specifies the received DAE packets.

sent: Specifies the sent DAE packets.

Usage guidelines

Configure RADIUS attribute rejection rules for the following purposes:

·     Delete attributes from the RADIUS packets to be sent if the destination RADIUS server does not identify the attributes.

·     Ignore unwanted attributes in the RADIUS packets received from a RADIUS server.

The RADIUS attribute rejection rules take effect only when the RADIUS attribute translation feature is enabled.

A RADIUS attribute can be rejected only by one criterion, packet type or direction.

If you do not specify a RADIUS attribute, the undo attribute reject command deletes all RADIUS attribute rejection rules.

Examples

# In RADIUS DAS view, configure a RADIUS attribute rejection rule to delete the Connect-Info attribute from the DAE packets to be sent.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius dynamic-author server

[Sysname-radius-da-server] attribute reject Connect-Info sent

Related commands

attribute translate

attribute reject (RADIUS scheme view)

Use attribute reject to configure a RADIUS attribute rejection rule.

Use undo attribute reject to delete RADIUS attribute rejection rules.

Syntax

attribute reject attr-name { { access-accept | access-request | accounting } * | { received | sent } * }

undo attribute reject [ attr-name ]

Default

No RADIUS attribute rejection rules exist.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

attr-name: Specifies a RADIUS attribute by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The attribute must be supported by the system.

access-accept: Specifies the RADIUS Access-Accept packets.

access-request: Specifies the RADIUS Access-Request packets.

accounting: Specifies the RADIUS accounting packets.

received: Specifies the received RADIUS packets.

sent: Specifies the sent RADIUS packets.

Usage guidelines

Configure RADIUS attribute rejection rules for the following purposes:

·     Delete attributes from the RADIUS packets to be sent if the destination RADIUS server does not identify the attributes.

·     Ignore unwanted attributes in the RADIUS packets received from a RADIUS server.

The RADIUS attribute rejection rules take effect only when the RADIUS attribute translation feature is enabled.

A RADIUS attribute can be rejected only by one criterion, packet type or direction.

If you do not specify a RADIUS attribute, the undo attribute reject command deletes all RADIUS attribute rejection rules.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, configure a RADIUS attribute rejection rule to delete the Connect-Info attribute from the RADIUS packets to be sent.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] attribute reject Connect-Info sent

Related commands

attribute translate

attribute remanent-volume

Use attribute remanent-volume to set the data measurement unit for the Remanent_Volume attribute.

Use undo attribute remanent-volume to restore the default.

Syntax

attribute remanent-volume unit { byte | giga-byte | kilo-byte | mega-byte }

undo attribute remanent-volume unit

Default

The data measurement unit is kilobyte for the Remanent_Volume attribute.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

byte: Specifies the unit as byte.

giga-byte: Specifies the unit as gigabyte.

kilo-byte: Specifies the unit as kilobyte.

mega-byte: Specifies the unit as megabyte.

Usage guidelines

Make sure the measurement unit is the same as the user data measurement unit on the RADIUS server.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, set the data measurement unit to kilobyte for the Remanent_Volume attribute.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] attribute remanent-volume unit kilo-byte

Related commands

display radius scheme

attribute translate

Use attribute translate to enable the RADIUS attribute translation feature.

Use undo attribute translate to disable the RADIUS attribute translation feature.

Syntax

attribute translate

undo attribute translate

Default

The RADIUS attribute translation feature is disabled.

Views

RADIUS DAS view

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

To cooperate with RADIUS servers of different vendors, enable the RADIUS attribute translation feature. Configure RADIUS attribute conversion rules and rejection rules to ensure that RADIUS attributes in the packets exchanged between the device and the server are supported by both sides.

Examples

# Enable the RADIUS attribute translation feature for RADIUS scheme radius1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] attribute translate

Related commands

attribute convert (RADIUS DAS view)

attribute convert (RADIUS scheme view)

attribute reject (RADIUS DAS view)

attribute reject (RADIUS scheme view)

attribute vendor-id 2011 version

Use attribute vendor-id 2011 version to specify the version of the RADIUS servers with a vendor ID of 2011.

Use undo attribute vendor-id 2011 version to restore the default.

Syntax

attribute vendor-id 2011 version { 1.0 | 1.1 }

undo attribute vendor-id 2011 version

Default

The version is 1.0.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

1.0: Specifies version 1.0.

1.1: Specifies version 1.1.

Usage guidelines

For the device to correctly interpret RADIUS attributes from the servers with a vendor ID of 2011, specify a server version the same as the actual version of the RADIUS servers.

The following table shows the differences in the way that the device interprets the vendor-specific RADIUS attributes assigned by different versions of RADIUS servers with vendor ID 2011.

 

RADIUS attribute

RADIUS server with version 1.0

RADIUS server with version 1.1

HW_ARRT_26_1

Upstream peak rate

Upstream burst size

HW_ARRT_26_2

Upstream average rate

Upstream average rate

HW_ARRT_26_3

N/A

Upstream peak rate

HW_ARRT_26_4

Downstream peak rate

Downstream burst size

HW_ARRT_26_5

Downstream average rate

Downstream average rate

HW_ARRT_26_6

N/A

Downstream peak rate

 

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, specify the version of the RADIUS servers with a vendor ID of 2011 as version 1.1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] attribute vendor-id 2011 version 1.1

Related commands

client

client

Use client to specify a RADIUS DAC.

Use undo client to remove a RADIUS DAC.

Syntax

client { ip ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ key { cipher | simple } string | vendor-id 2011 version { 1.0 | 1.1 } | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] *

undo client { ip ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No RADIUS DACs are specified.

Views

RADIUS DAS view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip ipv4-address: Specifies a DAC by its IPv4 address.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies a DAC by its IPv6 address.

key: Specifies the shared key for secure communication between the RADIUS DAC and server. Make sure the shared key is the same as the key configured on the RADIUS DAC. If the RADIUS DAC does not have any shared key, do not specify this option.

cipher: Specifies the key in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies the key in plaintext form. For security purposes, the key specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the key. This argument is case sensitive. The encrypted form of the key is a string of 1 to 117 characters. The plaintext form of the key is a string of 1 to 64 characters.

vendor-id 2011: Specifies the vendor-ID of the DAC as 2011.

version: Specifies the version of the DAC.

1.0: Specifies the DAC version as version 1.0.

1.1: Specifies the DAC version as version 1.1.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the RADIUS DAC belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the server is on the public network, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

With the RADIUS DAS feature, the device listens to the default or specified UDP port to receive DAE requests from the specified DACs. The device processes the requests and sends DAE responses to the DACs.

The device discards any DAE packets sent from DACs that are not specified for the DAS.

You can execute the client command multiple times to specify multiple DACs for the DAS.

To work with a DAC with vendor-ID 2011 and version 1.0, you do not need to specify the vendor-ID or version attribute. To work with a DAC with vendor-ID 2011 and version 1.1, you must specify the vendor-id 2011 version 1.1 keywords.

Examples

# Specify the DAC as 10.110.1.2. Set the shared key to 123456 in plaintext form for secure communication between the DAS and DAC.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius dynamic-author server

[Sysname-radius-da-server] client ip 10.110.1.2 key simple 123456

Related commands

attribute vendor-id 2011 version

radius dynamic-author server

port

dae-loose-check enable

Use dae-loose-check enable to enable DAE loose check.

Use undo dae-loose-check enable to disable DAE loose check.

Syntax

dae-loose-check enable

undo dae-loose-check enable

Default

DAE loose check is disabled. The device checks both the user identification information and device identification information in DAE requests.

Views

RADIUS DAS view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The DAE loose check feature requires the DAS to check only part of the user identification information in a DAE request and not to check the device identification information.

As a best practice to avoid unnecessary drop of DAE requests, enable this feature when the user and device identification information on DACs are inconsistent with those on the DAS.

Examples

# Enable DAE loose check.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius dynamic-author server

[Sysname-radius-da-server] dae-loose-check enable

Related commands

radius dynamic-author server

data-flow-format (RADIUS scheme view)

Use data-flow-format to set the data flow and packet measurement units for traffic statistics.

Use undo data-flow-format to restore the default.

Syntax

data-flow-format { data { byte | giga-byte | kilo-byte | mega-byte } | packet { giga-packet | kilo-packet | mega-packet | one-packet } } *

undo data-flow-format { data | packet }

Default

Traffic is counted in bytes and packets.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

data: Specifies the unit for data flows.

byte: Specifies the unit as byte.

giga-byte: Specifies the unit as gigabyte.

kilo-byte: Specifies the unit as kilobyte.

mega-byte: Specifies the unit as megabyte.

packet: Specifies the unit for data packets.

giga-packet: Specifies the unit as giga-packet.

kilo-packet: Specifies the unit as kilo-packet.

mega-packet: Specifies the unit as mega-packet.

one-packet: Specifies the unit as one-packet.

Usage guidelines

The data flow and packet measurement units for traffic statistics must be the same as configured on the RADIUS accounting servers. Otherwise, accounting results might be incorrect.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, set the data flow and packet measurement units for traffic statistics to kilobyte and kilo-packet, respectively.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] data-flow-format data kilo-byte packet kilo-packet

Related commands

display radius scheme

display radius scheme

Use display radius scheme to display RADIUS scheme configuration.

Syntax

display radius scheme [ radius-scheme-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters. If you do not specify a RADIUS scheme, this command displays the configuration of all RADIUS schemes.

Examples

# Display the configuration of all RADIUS schemes.

<Sysname> display radius scheme

Total 1 RADIUS schemes

 

------------------------------------------------------------------

RADIUS scheme name: radius1

  Index : 0

  Primary authentication server:

    Host name: Not configured

    IP   : 2.2.2.2                                  Port: 1812

    VPN  : vpn1

    State: Active

    Test profile: 132

      Probe username: test

      Probe interval: 60 minutes

    Weight: 40

  Primary accounting server:

    Host name: Not configured

    IP   : 1.1.1.1                                  Port: 1813

    VPN  : Not configured

    State: Active

    Weight: 40

  Second authentication server:

    Host name: Not configured

    IP   : 3.3.3.3                                  Port: 1812

    VPN  : Not configured

    State: Block

    Test profile: Not configured

    Weight: 40

  Second accounting server:

    Host name: Not configured

    IP   : 3.3.3.3                                  Port: 1813

    VPN  : Not configured

    State: Block (Mandatory)

    Weight: 0

  Accounting-On function                     : Enabled

    extended function                        : Disabled

    retransmission times                     : 5

    retransmission interval(seconds)         : 2

  Timeout Interval(seconds)                  : 3

  Retransmission Times                       : 3

  Retransmission Times for Accounting Update : 5

  Server Quiet Period(minutes)               : 5

  Realtime Accounting Interval(seconds)      : 22

  Stop-accounting packets buffering          : Enabled

    Retransmission times                     : 500

  NAS IP Address                             : 1.1.1.1

  Source IP Address                          : 1.1.1.1

  VPN                                        : Not configured

  Username format                            : with-domain

  Data flow unit                             : Megabyte

  Packet unit                                : One

  Attribute 15 check-mode                    : Strict

  Attribute 17 carry old password            : Disabled

  Attribute 25                               : CAR

  Attribute 30 MAC format                    : hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh

  Attribute 31 MAC format                    : hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh

  Remanent-Volume threshold                  : 0

  Attribute Remanent-Volume unit             : Mega

  RADIUS server version (vendor ID 2011)     : 1.0

  server-load-sharing                        : Enabled

  Stop-accounting-packet send-force          : Disabled

  Authentication response pending limit      : Not configured

  Accounting response pending limit          : Not configured

  Username authorization                     : Applied

  All-server-block action                    : Attempt the top-priority server

------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 15 Command output

Field

Description

Index

Index number of the RADIUS scheme.

Primary authentication server

Information about the primary authentication server.

Primary accounting server

Information about the primary accounting server.

Second authentication server

Information about the secondary authentication server.

Second accounting server

Information about the secondary accounting server.

Host name

Host name of the server.

This field displays Not configured in the following situations:

·     The server is not configured.

·     The server is specified by IP address.

IP

IP address of the server.

This field displays Not configured in the following situations:

·     The server is not configured.

·     The server is specified by hostname, and the hostname is not resolved.

Port

Service port number of the server. If no port number is specified, this field displays the default port number.

VPN

MPLS L3VPN instance to which the server or the RADIUS scheme belongs. If no VPN instance is specified for the server, this field displays Not configured.

State

Status of the server:

·     Active—The server is in active state.

·     Block—The server is changed to blocked state automatically.

·     Block (Mandatory)—The server is set to blocked state manually.

Test profile

Test profile used for RADIUS server status detection.

Probe username

Username used for RADIUS server status detection.

Probe interval

Server status detection interval, in minutes.

Weight

Weight value of the RADIUS server.

Accounting-On function

Whether the accounting-on feature is enabled.

extended function

Whether the extended accounting-on feature is enabled.

retransmission times

Number of accounting-on packet transmission attempts.

retransmission interval(seconds)

Interval at which the device retransmits accounting-on packets, in seconds.

Timeout Interval(seconds)

RADIUS server response timeout period, in seconds.

Retransmission times

Maximum number of attempts for transmitting a RADIUS packet to a single RADIUS server.

Retransmission Times for Accounting Update

Maximum number of accounting attempts.

Server Quiet Period(minutes)

Quiet period for the servers, in minutes.

Realtime Accounting Interval(seconds)

Interval for sending real-time accounting updates, in seconds.

Stop-accounting packets buffering

Whether buffering of nonresponded RADIUS stop-accounting requests is enabled.

Retransmission times

Maximum number of transmission attempts for individual RADIUS stop-accounting requests.

NAS IP Address

 NAS IP address of RADIUS packets.

This field displays Not configured if no NAS IP addresses are specified for RADIUS packets.

Source IP address

Source IP address for outgoing RADIUS packets. This field displays Not configured if no source IP addresses are specified.

Username format

Format for the usernames sent to the RADIUS server:

·     with-domain—Includes the domain name.

·     without-domain—Excludes the domain name.

·     keep-original—Forwards the username as the username is entered.

Data flow unit

Measurement unit for data flow.

Packet unit

Measurement unit for packets.

Attribute 15 check-mode

RADIUS Login-Service attribute check method for SSH, FTP, and terminal users:

·     Strict—Matches Login-Service attribute values 50, 51, and 52 for SSH, FTP, and terminal services, respectively.

·     Loose—Matches the standard Login-Service attribute value 0 for SSH, FTP, and terminal services.

Attribute 17 carry old password

Status of online user password change by using RADIUS attribute 17:

·     Enabled—Online user password change by using RADIUS attribute 17 is enabled. The device uses RADIUS attribute 17 to carry a user's old password.

·     Disabled—Online user password change by using RADIUS attribute 17 is disabled.

Attribute 25

RADIUS attribute 25 interpretation status:

·     Standard—The attribute is not interpreted as CAR parameters.

·     CAR—The attribute is interpreted as CAR parameters.

Attribute 30 MAC format

Format of the MAC address in the RADIUS Called-Station-Id attribute.

Attribute 31 MAC format

Format of the MAC address in the RADIUS Calling-Station-Id attribute.

Remanent-Volume threshold

Available data threshold. The unit for the threshold is the same as the data measurement unit for the RADIUS Remanent_Volume attribute.

Attribute Remanent-Volume unit

Data measurement unit for the RADIUS Remanent_Volume attribute.

RADIUS server version (vendor ID 2011)

Version of the RADIUS servers with a vendor ID of 2011:

·     1.0.

·     1.1.

server-load-sharing

Status of the RADIUS server load sharing feature:

·     Disabled—The feature is disabled. The device forwards traffic to the server selected based on primary and secondary server roles.

·     Enabled—The feature is enabled. The device distributes traffic among multiple servers for load sharing.

Stop-accounting-packet send-force

Whether the device is enabled to forcibly send stop-accounting packets when users for which no start-accounting packets are sent go offline.

Authentication response pending limit

Maximum number of pending authentication requests (requests for which no responses are received from the authentication server).

If the maximum number of pending authentication requests is not set, this field displays Not configured.

Accounting response pending limit

Maximum number of pending accounting requests (requests for which no responses are received from the accounting server).

If the maximum number of pending accounting requests is not set, this field displays Not configured.

Username authorization

Whether to allow the device to use the server-assigned usernames for AAA processes subsequent to authentication:

·     Applied—The device uses the server-assigned usernames for AAA processes subsequent to authentication.

·     Not applied—The device uses the usernames used in authentication for AAA processes subsequent to authentication.

All-server-block action

Action to take for AAA requests when all servers in the scheme are blocked:

·     Attempt the top-priority server.

·     Skip all servers in the scheme.

 

display radius statistics

Use display radius statistics to display RADIUS packet statistics.

Syntax

display radius statistics

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Examples

# Display RADIUS packet statistics.

<Sysname> display radius statistics

 

                                 Auth.         Acct.       SessCtrl.

          Request Packet:          0             0             0

            Retry Packet:          0             0             -

          Timeout Packet:          0             0             -

        Access Challenge:          0             -             -

           Account Start:          -             0             -

          Account Update:          -             0             -

            Account Stop:          -             0             -

       Terminate Request:          -             -             0

              Set Policy:          -             -             0

    Packet With Response:          0             0             0

 Packet Without Response:          0             0             -

          Access Rejects:          0             -             -

          Dropped Packet:          0             0             0

          Check Failures:          0             0             0

Table 16 Command output

Field

Description

Auth.

Authentication packets.

Acct.

Accounting packets.

SessCtrl.

Session-control packets.

Request Packet

Number of request packets.

Retry Packet

Number of retransmitted request packets.

Timeout Packet

Number of request packets timed out.

Access Challenge

Number of access challenge packets.

Account Start

Number of start-accounting packets.

Account Update

Number of accounting update packets.

Account Stop

Number of stop-accounting packets.

Terminate Request

Number of packets for logging off users forcibly.

Set Policy

Number of packets for updating user authorization information.

Packet With Response

Number of packets for which responses were received.

Packet Without Response

Number of packets for which no responses were received.

Access Rejects

Number of Access-Reject packets.

Dropped Packet

Number of discarded packets.

Check Failures

Number of packets with checksum errors.

 

Related commands

reset radius statistics

display stop-accounting-buffer (for RADIUS)

Use display stop-accounting-buffer to display information about buffered RADIUS stop-accounting requests to which no responses have been received.

Syntax

display stop-accounting-buffer { radius-scheme radius-scheme-name | session-id session-id | time-range start-time end-time | user-name user-name }

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

session-id session-id: Specifies a session by its ID. The session-id argument is a string of 1 to 64 characters and cannot contain a letter. A session ID uniquely identifies an online user for a RADIUS scheme.

time-range start-time end-time: Specifies a time range. The start time and end time must be in the format of hh:mm:ss-mm/dd/yyyy or hh:mm:ss-yyyy/mm/dd.

user-name user-name: Specifies a user by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. Whether the user-name argument should include the domain name depends on the setting configured by using the user-name-format command for the RADIUS scheme.

Examples

# Display information about nonresponded RADIUS stop-accounting requests buffered for user abc.

<Sysname> display stop-accounting-buffer user-name abc

Total entries: 2

Scheme     Session ID          Username    First sending time   Attempts

rad1       1000326232325010    abc         23:27:16-08/02/2020  19

aaa        1000326232326010    abc         23:33:01-08/02/2020  20

Table 17 Command output

Field

Description

Session ID

Session ID, which is the value of attribute Acct-Session-Id.

First sending time

Time when the stop-accounting request was first sent.

Attempts

Number of attempts that were made to send the stop-accounting request.

 

Related commands

reset stop-accounting-buffer (for RADIUS)

retry

retry stop-accounting (RADIUS scheme view)

stop-accounting-buffer enable (RADIUS scheme view)

user-name-format (RADIUS scheme view)

key (RADIUS scheme view)

Use key to set the shared key for secure RADIUS authentication or accounting communication.

Use undo key to delete the shared key for secure RADIUS authentication or accounting communication.

Syntax

key { accounting | authentication } { cipher | simple } string

undo key { accounting | authentication }

Default

No shared key is configured for secure RADIUS authentication or accounting communication.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

accounting: Specifies the shared key for secure RADIUS accounting communication.

authentication: Specifies the shared key for secure RADIUS authentication communication.

cipher: Specifies the key in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies the key in plaintext form. For security purposes, the key specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the key. This argument is case sensitive. The encrypted form of the key is a string of 1 to 117 characters. The plaintext form of the key is a string of 1 to 64 characters.

Usage guidelines

The shared keys configured by using this command apply to all servers in the scheme. Make sure the settings match the shared keys configured on the RADIUS servers.

The shared keys specified for specific RADIUS servers take precedence over the shared key specified with this command.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, set the shared key to ok in plaintext form for secure accounting communication.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] key accounting simple ok

Related commands

display radius scheme

nas-ip (RADIUS scheme view)

Use nas-ip to specify a NAS IP address for RADIUS packets.

Use undo nas-ip to remove the NAS IP address of the specified type for RADIUS packets.

Syntax

nas-ip { ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address }

undo nas-ip [ ipv6 ]

Default

The NAS IP address of a RADIUS packet is that specified by using the radius nas-ip command in system view.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv4-address: Specifies an IPv4 address. The IP address cannot be 0.0.0.0, 255.255.255.255, a class D address, a class E address, or a loopback address.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies an IPv6 address, which must be a unicast address and cannot be a loopback address or a link-local address.

Usage guidelines

Use this command to specify a NAS IP address for the NAS to carry in the NAS-IP-Address or NAS-IPv6-Address attribute in outgoing RADIUS packets. The NAS IP address must be unique for a RADIUS server to identify the NAS.

The NAS can also use the NAS IP address to match incoming RADIUS packets. For example, if the NAS receives a DAE request that contains a NAS IP address, it compares the NAS IP address in the request with the local NAS IP address. The NAS can process this request only when its NAS IP address is the same as the NAS IP address in the request.

You can specify the NAS IP address in both RADIUS scheme view and system view.

·     The NAS IP address specified by using the nas-ip command in RADIUS scheme view applies only to the RADIUS scheme.

·     The NAS IP address specified by using the radius nas-ip command in system view applies to all RADIUS schemes.

·     The NAS IP address specified in RADIUS scheme view takes precedence over the NAS IP address specified in system view.

A RADIUS scheme can have only one NAS IPv4 address and one NAS IPv6 address for RADIUS packets.

If you do not specify the ipv6 keyword for the undo nas-ip command, the command removes the configured NAS IPv4 address for RADIUS packets.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, specify IP address 10.1.1.1 as the NAS IPv4 address of RADIUS packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] nas-ip 10.1.1.1

Related commands

display radius scheme

radius nas-ip

port

Use port to specify the RADIUS DAS port.

Use undo port to restore the default.

Syntax

port port-number

undo port

Default

The RADIUS DAS port number is 3799.

Views

RADIUS DAS view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

port-number: Specifies a UDP port number in the range of 1 to 65535.

Usage guidelines

The destination port in DAE packets on the DAC must be the same as the RADIUS DAS port on the DAS.

Examples

# Enable the RADIUS DAS to listen to UDP port 3790 for DAE requests.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius dynamic-author server

[Sysname-radius-da-server] port 3790

Related commands

client

radius dynamic-author server

primary accounting (RADIUS scheme view)

Use primary accounting to specify the primary RADIUS accounting server.

Use undo primary accounting to restore the default.

Syntax

primary accounting { host-name | ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ port-number | key { cipher | simple } string | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name | weight weight-value ] *

undo primary accounting

Default

The primary RADIUS accounting server is not specified.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

host-name: Specifies the host name of the primary RADIUS accounting server, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

ipv4-address: Specifies the IPv4 address of the primary RADIUS accounting server.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of the primary RADIUS accounting server.

port-number: Specifies the service port number of the primary RADIUS accounting server. The value range for the UDP port number is 1 to 65535. The default setting is 1813.

key: Specifies the shared key for secure communication with the primary RADIUS accounting server.

cipher: Specifies the key in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies the key in plaintext form. For security purposes, the key specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the key. This argument is case sensitive. The encrypted form of the key is a string of 1 to 117 characters. The plaintext form of the key is a string of 1 to 64 characters.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the primary RADIUS accounting server belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the server is on the public network, do not specify this option.

weight weight-value: Specifies a weight value for the RADIUS server. The value range for the weight-value argument is 0 to 100, and the default value is 0. The value 0 indicates that the RADIUS server will not be used for load sharing. This option takes effect only when the RADIUS server load sharing feature is enabled for the RADIUS scheme. A larger weight value represents a higher capacity to process accounting requests.

Usage guidelines

Make sure the port number and shared key settings of the primary RADIUS accounting server are the same as those configured on the server.

Two accounting servers specified for a scheme, primary or secondary, cannot have identical VPN instance, host name, IP address, and port number settings.

The shared key configured by using this command takes precedence over the shared key configured with the key accounting command.

If the specified server resides on an MPLS L3VPN, specify the VPN instance by using the vpn-instance vpn-instance-name option. The VPN instance specified by this command takes precedence over the VPN instance specified for the RADIUS scheme.

The following rules exist when the RADIUS server load sharing feature is disabled:

·     If you modify or remove the accounting server to which the device is sending a start-accounting request, the accounting server might become unreachable. When communication with the unreachable server times out, the device tries to communicate with an active server that has the highest priority for accounting.

·     If you remove the accounting server to which the device has sent start-accounting requests successfully for an online user, the device tries to communicate with an active server that has the highest priority for subsequent accounting requests.

The following rules exist when the RADIUS server load sharing feature is enabled:

·     If you modify or remove the accounting server to which the device is sending a start-accounting request, the accounting server might become unreachable. When communication with the unreachable server times out, the device selects an active server for accounting based on the weight values and current user counts on the active servers.

·     If you remove the accounting server to which the device has sent start-accounting requests successfully for an online user, real-time accounting fails for that online user and the accounting result is not accurate for that online user. The reason is that the device can communicate only with the accounting server to which it has sent start-accounting requests successfully. As a result, the device cannot send real-time accounting requests or send and buffer stop-accounting requests for that online user.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, specify the primary accounting server with IP address 10.110.1.2, UDP port number 1813, and plaintext shared key 123456TESTacct&!.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] primary accounting 10.110.1.2 1813 key simple 123456TESTacct&!

Related commands

display radius scheme

key (RADIUS scheme view)

secondary accounting (RADIUS scheme view)

server-load-sharing enable

vpn-instance (RADIUS scheme view)

primary authentication (RADIUS scheme view)

Use primary authentication to specify the primary RADIUS authentication server.

Use undo primary authentication to restore the default.

Syntax

primary authentication { host-name | ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ port-number | key { cipher | simple } string | test-profile profile-name | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name | weight weight-value ] *

undo primary authentication

Default

The primary RADIUS authentication server is not specified.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

host-name: Specifies the host name of the primary RADIUS authentication server, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

ipv4-address: Specifies the IPv4 address of the primary RADIUS authentication server.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of the primary RADIUS authentication server.

port-number: Specifies the service port number of the primary RADIUS authentication server. The value range for the UDP port number is 1 to 65535. The default setting is 1812.

key: Specifies the shared key for secure communication with the primary RADIUS authentication server.

cipher: Specifies the key in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies the key in plaintext form. For security purposes, the key specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the key. This argument is case sensitive. The encrypted form of the key is a string of 1 to 117 characters. The plaintext form of the key is a string of 1 to 64 characters.

test-profile profile-name: Specifies a test profile for detecting the RADIUS server status. The profile-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the primary RADIUS authentication server belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the server is on the public network, do not specify this option.

weight weight-value: Specifies a weight value for the RADIUS server. The value range for the weight-value argument is 0 to 100, and the default value is 0. The value 0 indicates that the RADIUS server will not be used for load sharing. This option takes effect only when the RADIUS server load sharing feature is enabled for the RADIUS scheme. A larger weight value represents a higher capacity to process authentication requests.

Usage guidelines

Make sure the service port and shared key settings of the primary RADIUS authentication server are the same as those configured on the server.

Two authentication servers specified for a scheme, primary or secondary, cannot have identical VPN instance, host name, IP address, and port number settings.

The shared key configured by this command takes precedence over the shared key configured with the key authentication command.

The server status detection is triggered for the server if the specified test profile exists on the device.

If the specified server resides on an MPLS L3VPN, specify the VPN instance by using the vpn-instance vpn-instance-name option. The VPN instance specified by this command takes precedence over the VPN instance specified for the RADIUS scheme.

The server in use might become unreachable after you modify or remove it during an authentication process. Communication with the server times out. In this situation, the device tries to communicate with an active server that has the highest priority for authentication if the RADIUS server load sharing feature is disabled. If the RADIUS server load sharing feature is enabled, the device selects an active server based on the weight values and current user counts on the active servers.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, specify the primary authentication server with IP address 10.110.1.1, UDP port number 1812, and plaintext shared key 123456TESTauth&!.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] primary authentication 10.110.1.1 1812 key simple 123456TESTauth&!

Related commands

display radius scheme

key (RADIUS scheme view)

radius-server test-profile

secondary authentication (RADIUS scheme view)

server-load-sharing enable

vpn-instance (RADIUS scheme view)

radius attribute extended

Use radius attribute extended to define an extended RADIUS attribute.

Use undo radius attribute extended to delete user-defined extended RADIUS attributes.

Syntax

radius attribute extended attribute-name [ vendor vendor-id ] code attribute-code type { binary | date | integer | interface-id | ip | ipv6 | ipv6-prefix | octets | string }

undo radius attribute extended [ attribute-name ]

Default

No user-defined extended RADIUS attributes exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

attribute-name: Specifies the RADIUS attribute name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. The name must be unique among all RADIUS attributes, including the standard and extended RADIUS attributes.

vendor vendor-id: Specifies a vendor ID in the range of 1 to 65535. If you do not specify a vendor ID, the device processes the RADIUS attribute as a standard RADIUS attribute. Table 18 shows the vendor IDs of supported vendors.

Table 18 Supported vendors and vendor IDs

Vendor

Vendor ID

Vendor

Vendor ID

Vendor

Vendor ID

HUAWEI

2011

H3C

25506

Microsoft

311

3COM

43

DSL Forum

3561

China Telecom

20942

Wi-Fi Alliance

40808

Juniper

2636

CMCC

28357

Cisco

9

 

 

 

 

 

code attribute-code: Specifies the ID of the RADIUS attribute in the attribute set. The value range for the attribute-code argument is 1 to 255.

type: Specifies a data type for the attribute content.

binary: Binary type.

date: Date type.

integer: Integer type.

interface-id: Interface ID type.

ip: IPv4 address type.

ipv6: IPv6 address type.

ipv6-prefix: IPv6 address prefix type.

octets: Octet type.

string: String type.

Usage guidelines

To support the proprietary RADIUS attributes of other vendors, perform the following tasks:

10.     Use this command to define the attributes as extended RADIUS attributes.

11.     Use the attribute convert command to map the extended RADIUS attributes to attributes supported by the system.

12.     Use the attribute translate command to enable the RADIUS attribute translation feature for the mappings to take effect.

To cooperate with RADIUS servers of a third-party vendor, map attributes that cannot be identified by the server to server-supported attributes.

Two RADIUS attributes cannot have the same combination of attribute name, vendor ID, and attribute ID.

If you do not specify a RADIUS attribute name, the undo radius attribute extended command deletes all user-defined extended RADIUS attributes.

Examples

# Define a string-type extended RADIUS attribute with attribute name Owner-Password, vendor ID 122, and attribute ID 80.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius attribute extended Owner-Password vendor 122 code 80 type string

Related commands

attribute convert (RADIUS DAS view)

attribute convert (RADIUS scheme view)

attribute reject (RADIUS DAS view)

attribute reject (RADIUS scheme view)

attribute translate

radius authentication-request first

Use radius authentication-request first to preferentially process RADIUS authentication requests

Use undo radius authentication-request first to restore the default.

Syntax

radius authentication-request first

undo radius authentication-request first

Default

The device processes RADIUS requests in the sequence that the requests are initiated.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

RADIUS requests include RADIUS authentication requests, RADIUS accounting-start requests, RADIUS accounting-update requests, and RADIUS accounting-stop requests.

When a large number of users go offline and then try to come online immediately, authentication might fail for these users because of authentication request timeout. To resolve this issue, configure the device to preferentially process authentication requests.

Do not perform this task if the RADIUS server identifies users by the username and does not allow repeated authentication for the same username. A violation might cause authentication failure for users that try to come online immediately after going offline.

As a best practice, do not perform this task when the device has online users.

Examples

# Configure the device to preferentially process RADIUS authentication requests.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius authentication-request first

radius dscp

Use radius dscp to change the DSCP priority of RADIUS packets.

Use undo radius dscp to restore the default.

Syntax

radius [ ipv6 ] dscp dscp-value

undo radius [ ipv6 ] dscp

Default

The DSCP priority of RADIUS packets is 0.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv6: Specifies the IPv6 RADIUS packets. If you do not specify this keyword, the command sets the DSCP priority for the IPv4 RADIUS packets.

dscp-value: Specifies the DSCP priority of RADIUS packets, in the range of 0 to 63. A larger value represents a higher priority.

Usage guidelines

Use this command to set the DSCP priority in the ToS field of RADIUS packets for changing their transmission priority.

Examples

# Set the DSCP priority of IPv4 RADIUS packets to 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius dscp 10

radius dynamic-author server

Use radius dynamic-author server to enable the RADIUS DAS feature and enter RADIUS DAS view.

Use undo radius dynamic-author server to disable the RADIUS DAS feature.

Syntax

radius dynamic-author server

undo radius dynamic-author server

Default

The RADIUS DAS feature is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

After you enable the RADIUS DAS feature, the device listens to the RADIUS DAS port to receive DAE packets from specified DACs. Based on the DAE packet type and contents, the device performs one of the following operations:

·     Log off online users.

·     Change online user authorization information.

·     Shut down or reboot online users' access ports.

·     Reauthenticate online users.

Examples

# Enable the RADIUS DAS feature and enter RADIUS DAS view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius dynamic-author server

[Sysname-radius-da-server]

Related commands

client

port

radius nas-ip

Use radius nas-ip to specify a NAS IP address for RADIUS packets.

Use undo radius nas-ip to remove the NAS IP address of the specified type for RADIUS packets.

Syntax

radius nas-ip { ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo radius nas-ip { ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

The NAS IP address of RADIUS packets is the primary IPv4 address or the IPv6 address of the outbound interface.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv4-address: Specifies an IPv4 address, which must be an address of the device. The IP address cannot be 0.0.0.0, 255.255.255.255, a class D address, a class E address, or a loopback address.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies an IPv6 address, which must be a unicast address of the device and cannot be a loopback address or a link-local address.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the NAS IP address belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To configure a public-network NAS IP address, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

Use this command to specify a NAS IP address for the NAS to carry in the NAS-IP-Address or NAS-IPv6-Address attribute in outgoing RADIUS packets. The NAS IP address must be unique for a RADIUS server to identify the NAS.

The NAS can also use the NAS IP address to match incoming RADIUS packets. For example, if the NAS receives a DAE request that contains a NAS IP address, it compares the NAS IP address in the request with the local NAS IP address. The NAS can process this request only when its NAS IP address is the same as the NAS IP address in the request.

You can specify the NAS IP address in both RADIUS scheme view and system view.

·     The NAS IP address specified by using the nas-ip command in RADIUS scheme view applies only to the RADIUS scheme.

·     The NAS IP address specified by using the radius nas-ip command in system view applies to all RADIUS schemes.

·     The NAS IP address specified in RADIUS scheme view takes precedence over the NAS IP address specified in system view.

You can specify a maximum of 16 NAS IP addresses in system view, including:

·     Zero or one public-network NAS IPv4 address.

·     Zero or one public-network NAS IPv6 address.

·     Private-network NAS IP addresses.

Each VPN instance can have only one private-network NAS IPv4 address and one private-network NAS IPv6 address in system view.

Examples

# Specify IP address 129.10.10.1 as the NAS IP address of RADIUS packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius nas-ip 129.10.10.1

Related commands

nas-ip (RADIUS scheme view)

radius scheme

Use radius scheme to create a RADIUS scheme and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing RADIUS scheme.

Use undo radius scheme to delete a RADIUS scheme.

Syntax

radius scheme radius-scheme-name

undo radius scheme radius-scheme-name

Default

No RADIUS schemes exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

radius-scheme-name: Specifies the RADIUS scheme name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

A RADIUS scheme can be used by more than one ISP domain at the same time.

The device supports a maximum of 16 RADIUS schemes.

Examples

# Create a RADIUS scheme named radius1 and enter RADIUS scheme view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1]

Related commands

display radius scheme

radius session-control client

Use radius session-control client to specify a RADIUS session-control client.

Use undo radius session-control client to remove the specified RADIUS session-control clients.

Syntax

radius session-control client { ip ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ key { cipher | simple } string | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] *

undo radius session-control client { all | { ip ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] }

Default

No RADIUS session-control clients are specified.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip ipv4-address: Specifies a session-control client by its IPv4 address.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies a session-control client by its IPv6 address.

key: Specifies the shared key for secure communication with the session-control client.

cipher: Specifies the key in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies the key in plaintext form. For security purposes, the key specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the key. This argument is case sensitive. The encrypted form of the key is a string of 1 to 117 characters. The plaintext form of the key is a string of 1 to 64 characters.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the RADIUS session-control client belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the client is on the public network, do not specify this option.

all: Specifies all session-control clients.

Usage guidelines

To verify the session-control packets sent from a RADIUS server running on IMC, specify the RADIUS server as a session-control client to the device. The device matches a session-control packet to a session-control client based on the IP address and VPN instance, and then uses the shared key of the matched client to validate the packet.

The device searches the session-control client settings prior to searching all RADIUS scheme settings for a server with matching settings. This process narrows the search scope for finding the matched RADIUS server.

The session-control client settings take effect only when the RADIUS session-control feature is enabled.

The session-control client settings must be the same as the corresponding settings of the RADIUS server.

You can specify multiple session-control clients on the device.

Examples

# Specify a session-control client with IP address 10.110.1.2 and shared key 12345 in plaintext form.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius session-control client ip 10.110.1.2 key simple 12345

Related commands

radius session-control enable

radius session-control enable

Use radius session-control enable to enable the RADIUS session-control feature.

Use undo radius session-control enable to disable the RADIUS session-control feature.

Syntax

radius session-control enable

undo radius session-control enable

Default

The RADIUS session-control feature is disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

An H3C IMC RADIUS server uses session-control packets to deliver dynamic authorization change requests or disconnection requests to the device. The session-control feature enables the device to receive the RADIUS session-control packets on UDP port 1812.

This feature must work with H3C IMC servers.

Examples

# Enable the RADIUS session-control feature.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius session-control enable

radius source-ip

Use radius source-ip to specify a source IP address for outgoing RADIUS packets.

Use undo radius source-ip to remove the source IP address of the specified type for outgoing RADIUS packets.

Syntax

radius source-ip { ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo radius source-ip { ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No IP address is specified as the source IP address of outgoing RADIUS packets.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv4-address: Specifies an IPv4 address, which must be an address of the device. The IP address cannot be 0.0.0.0, 255.255.255.255, a class D address, a class E address, or a loopback address.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies an IPv6 address, which must be a unicast address of the device and cannot be a loopback address or a link-local address.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the source IP address belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To configure a public-network source IP address, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

The source IP address of RADIUS packets that a NAS sends must match the IP address of the NAS that is configured on the RADIUS server. A RADIUS server identifies a NAS by its IP address. Upon receiving a RADIUS packet, a RADIUS server checks the source IP address of the packet.

·     If the source IP address belongs to a managed NAS, the server processes the packet.

·     If the source IP address does not belong to a managed NAS, the server drops the packet.

As a best practice to avoid RADIUS packet loss caused by physical port errors, specify a loopback interface address as the source IP address of outgoing RADIUS packets.

The device selects a source IP address for outgoing RADIUS packets in the following order:

13.     The source IP address specified by using the source-ip command in RADIUS scheme view.

14.     The source IP address specified by using the radius source-ip command in system view.

15.     The NAS IP address specified by using the nas-ip command in RADIUS scheme view.

16.     The NAS IP address specified by using the radius nas-ip command in system view.

17.     The IP address of the outbound interface for the outgoing RADIUS packets.

The source IP address specified in system view applies to all RADIUS schemes.

You can specify a maximum of 16 source IP addresses in system view, including:

·     Zero or one public-network source IPv4 address.

·     Zero or one public-network source IPv6 address.

·     Private-network source IP addresses.

Each VPN instance can have only one private-network source IPv4 address and one private-network source IPv6 address in system view.

Examples

# Specify IP address 129.10.10.1 as the source IPv4 address of outgoing RADIUS packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius source-ip 129.10.10.1

Related commands

nas-ip (RADIUS scheme view)

radius nas-ip

source-ip (RADIUS scheme view)

radius-server test-profile

Use radius-server test-profile to configure a test profile for detecting the RADIUS server status.

Use undo radius-server test-profile to delete a RADIUS test profile.

Syntax

radius-server test-profile profile-name username name [ password { cipher | simple } string ] [ interval interval ]

undo radius-server test-profile profile-name

Default

No RADIUS test profiles exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

profile-name: Specifies the name of the test profile, which is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

username name: Specifies the username in the detection packets. The name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

password: Specifies the user password in the detection packets. If you do not specify a user password, the device randomly generates a user password for each detection packet. As a best practice, specify a user password. RADIUS server might mistake detection packets that contain randomly generated passwords as attack packets.

cipher: Specifies a password in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies a password in plaintext form. For security purposes, the password specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the password. Its plaintext form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 63 characters. Its encrypted form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 117 characters.

interval interval: Specifies the interval for sending a detection packet, in minutes. The value range for the interval argument is 1 to 3600, and the default value is 60.

Usage guidelines

The device starts detecting the status of a RADIUS server only if the test profile specified for the server exists. If you specify a nonexistent test profile for a RADIUS server, the device does not detect the status of the server until you create the test profile on the device.

When you delete a test profile, the device stops detecting the status of RADIUS servers that use the test profile.

You can execute this command multiple times to configure multiple test profiles.

Examples

# Configure a test profile named abc for RADIUS server status detection. A detection packet that uses username admin and plaintext password abc123 is sent every 10 minutes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius-server test-profile abc username admin password simple abc123 interval 10

Related commands

primary authentication (RADIUS scheme view)

secondary authentication (RADIUS scheme view)

reset radius statistics

Use reset radius statistics to clear RADIUS statistics.

Syntax

reset radius statistics

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Clear RADIUS statistics.

<Sysname> reset radius statistics

Related commands

display radius statistics

reset stop-accounting-buffer (for RADIUS)

Use reset stop-accounting-buffer to clear buffered RADIUS stop-accounting requests to which no responses have been received.

Syntax

reset stop-accounting-buffer { radius-scheme radius-scheme-name | session-id session-id | time-range start-time end-time | user-name user-name }

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

session-id session-id: Specifies a session by its ID. The session-id argument is a string of 1 to 64 characters and cannot contain a letter. A session ID uniquely identifies an online user for a RADIUS scheme.

time-range start-time end-time: Specifies a time range. The start time and end time must be in the format of hh:mm:ss-mm/dd/yyyy or hh:mm:ss-yyyy/mm/dd.

user-name user-name: Specifies a user by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 255 characters. Whether the user-name argument should include the domain name depends on the setting configured by using the user-name-format command for the RADIUS scheme.

Examples

# Clear nonresponded RADIUS stop-accounting requests buffered for user user0001@test.

<Sysname> reset stop-accounting-buffer user-name user0001@test

# Clear nonresponded RADIUS stop-accounting requests buffered from 0:0:0 to 23:59:59 on January 31, 2020.

<Sysname> reset stop-accounting-buffer time-range 0:0:0-01/31/2020 23:59:59-01/31/2020

Related commands

display stop-accounting-buffer (for RADIUS)

stop-accounting-buffer enable (RADIUS scheme view)

response-pending-limit

Use response-pending-limit to set the maximum number of pending RADIUS requests (requests for which no responses are received from the RADIUS server).

Use undo response-pending-limit to cancel the maximum number configuration for the specified type of pending RADIUS requests.

Syntax

response-pending-limit { accounting | authentication } max-number

undo response-pending-limit { accounting | authentication }

Default

The number of pending RADIUS requests is not restricted.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Parameters

accounting: Specifies pending RADIUS accounting requests.

authentication: Specifies pending RADIUS authentication requests.

max-number: Specifies the maximum number of pending RADIUS requests, in the range of 1 to 255.

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command controls the rate of RADIUS requests that are sent to the RADIUS server. Use this command if the RADIUS server has a limited performance and cannot concurrently process too many RADIUS requests.

The device has two types of pending packet counters, one for the RADIUS authentication server and the other for the RADIUS accounting server. A pending packet counter is used to record the number of sent RADIUS requests for which no responses are received from the RADIUS server. The maximum value of a pending packet counter is determined by this command.

If you set the maximum number of pending authentication or accounting requests, a pending packet counter will be started for the RADIUS authentication or accounting server.

1.     The device starts a pending packet counter for a RADIUS authentication or accounting server after sending the first authentication or accounting request to the server.

2.     The device keeps sending the corresponding type of requests to the server before the counter reaches the maximum value. The number of requests that can be sent to the server is the difference between the counter value and the maximum number.

The counter increases by 1 each time the device sends a corresponding request.

The counter decreases by 1 each time the device receives a respond from the server or the respond timeout timer for a request expires.

3.     The device buffers the subsequent requests when the counter reaches the maximum value.

If the value of the counter falls below the maximum value, the device sends the buffered requests in the sequence the requests are buffered.

If you cancel this configuration, the number of pending RADIUS authentication or accounting requests is not restricted.

The device can control the access rate only for portal, PPP, and LAN users. The user data is saved to the cards through which the users access the device. This configuration takes effect on a card basis.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, set the maximum number of pending RADIUS authentication requests to 100.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] response-pending-limit authentication 100

Related commands

display radius scheme

retry

Use retry to set the maximum number of attempts for transmitting a RADIUS packet to a single RADIUS server.

Use undo retry to restore the default.

Syntax

retry retries

undo retry

Default

The maximum number of RADIUS packet transmission attempts is 3.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

retries: Specifies the maximum number of RADIUS packet transmission attempts, in the range of 1 to 20.

Usage guidelines

Because RADIUS uses UDP packets to transmit data, the communication is not reliable.

If the device does not receive a response to its request from the RADIUS server within the response timeout period, the device retransmits the RADIUS request. To set the response timeout period, use the timer response-timeout command.

If the device does not receive a response from the RADIUS server after the maximum number of transmission attempts is reached, the device considers the request a failure.

If the client times out during the authentication process, the user is immediately logged off. To avoid user logoffs, the value multiplied by the following items cannot be larger than the client timeout period defined by the access module:

·     The maximum number of RADIUS packet transmission attempts.

·     The RADIUS server response timeout period.

·     The number of RADIUS authentication servers in the RADIUS scheme.

When the device sends a RADIUS request to a new RADIUS server, it checks the total amount of time it has taken to transmit the RADIUS packet. If the amount of time has reached 300 seconds, the device stops sending the RADIUS request to the next RADIUS server. As a best practice, consider the number of RADIUS servers when you configure the maximum number of packet transmission attempts and the RADIUS server response timeout period.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, set the maximum number of RADIUS packet transmission attempts to 5.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] retry 5

Related commands

radius scheme

timer response-timeout (RADIUS scheme view)

retry realtime-accounting

Use retry realtime-accounting to set the maximum number of accounting attempts.

Use undo retry realtime-accounting to restore the default.

Syntax

retry realtime-accounting retries

undo retry realtime-accounting

Default

The maximum number of accounting attempts is 5.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

retries: Specifies the maximum number of accounting attempts, in the range of 1 to 255.

Usage guidelines

Typically, a RADIUS accounting server checks whether a user is online by using a timeout timer. If the server does not receive a real-time accounting request for a user in the timeout period, it considers that a line or device failure has occurred. Whether the server stops accounting for the user depends on the action configured by the accounting update-fail command.

To work with the RADIUS server, the NAS needs to send real-time accounting requests to the server before the timer on the server expires and to keep pace with the server in disconnecting the user when a failure occurs. The NAS disconnects from a user according to the maximum number of accounting attempts and specific parameters.

For example, the following conditions exist for a LAN user:

·     The RADIUS server response timeout period is 3 seconds (set by using the timer response-timeout command).

·     The maximum number of RADIUS packet transmission attempts is 3 (set by using the retry command).

·     The real-time accounting interval is 12 minutes (set by using the timer realtime-accounting command).

·     The maximum number of accounting attempts is 5 (set by using the retry realtime-accounting command).

In the above case, the device generates an accounting request every 12 minutes, and retransmits the request if it sends the request but receives no response within 3 seconds. If the device receives no response after transmitting the request three times, it considers the accounting attempt a failure, and makes another accounting attempt. If five consecutive accounting attempts fail, the device considers that the user real-time accounting fails.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, set the maximum number of accounting attempts to 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] retry realtime-accounting 10

Related commands

accounting update-fail

retry

timer realtime-accounting (RADIUS scheme view)

timer response-timeout (RADIUS scheme view)

retry stop-accounting (RADIUS scheme view)

Use retry stop-accounting to set the maximum number of transmission attempts for individual RADIUS stop-accounting requests.

Use undo retry stop-accounting to restore the default.

Syntax

retry stop-accounting retries

undo retry stop-accounting

Default

The maximum number of transmission attempts is 500 for individual RADIUS stop-accounting requests.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

retries: Specifies the maximum number of transmission attempts. The value range is 10 to 65535.

Usage guidelines

The maximum number of stop-accounting request transmission attempts controls the transmission of stop-accounting requests together with the following parameters:

·     RADIUS server response timeout timer (set by using the timer response-timeout command).

·     Maximum number of times to transmit a RADIUS packet per round (set by using the retry command).

For example, the following settings exist:

·     The RADIUS server response timeout timer is 3 seconds.

·     The maximum number of times to transmit a RADIUS packet per round is five.

·     The maximum number of stop-accounting request transmission attempts is 20.

A stop-accounting request is retransmitted if the device does not receive a response within 3 seconds. When all five transmission attempts in this round are used, the device buffers the request and starts another round of retransmission. If 20 consecutive rounds of attempts fail, the device discards the request.

Examples

# Set the maximum number of stop-accounting request transmission attempts to 1000 for RADIUS scheme radius1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] retry stop-accounting 1000

Related commands

display stop-accounting-buffer (for RADIUS)

retry

timer response-timeout (RADIUS scheme view)

secondary accounting (RADIUS scheme view)

Use secondary accounting to specify a secondary RADIUS accounting server.

Use undo secondary accounting to remove a secondary RADIUS accounting server.

Syntax

secondary accounting { host-name | ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ port-number | key { cipher | simple } string | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name | weight weight-value ] *

undo secondary accounting [ { host-name | ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ port-number | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] * ]

Default

No secondary RADIUS accounting servers are specified.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

host-name: Specifies the host name of a secondary RADIUS accounting server, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

ipv4-address: Specifies the IPv4 address of a secondary RADIUS accounting server.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of a secondary RADIUS accounting server.

port-number: Specifies the service port number of the secondary RADIUS accounting server. The value range for the UDP port number is 1 to 65535. The default setting is 1813.

key: Specifies the shared key for secure communication with the secondary RADIUS accounting server.

cipher: Specifies the key in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies the key in plaintext form. For security purposes, the key specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the key. This argument is case sensitive. The encrypted form of the key is a string of 1 to 117 characters. The plaintext form of the key is a string of 1 to 64 characters.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the secondary RADIUS accounting server belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the server is on the public network, do not specify this option.

weight weight-value: Specifies a weight value for the RADIUS server. The value range for the weight-value argument is 0 to 100, and the default value is 0. The value 0 indicates that the RADIUS server will not be used for load sharing. This option takes effect only when the RADIUS server load sharing feature is enabled for the RADIUS scheme. A larger weight value represents a higher capacity to process accounting requests.

Usage guidelines

Make sure the port number and shared key settings of each secondary RADIUS accounting server are the same as those configured on the corresponding server.

A RADIUS scheme supports a maximum of 16 secondary RADIUS accounting servers. If the primary server fails, the device tries to communicate with a secondary server in active state. The device connects to the secondary servers in the order they are configured.

Two accounting servers specified for a scheme, primary or secondary, cannot have identical VPN instance, host name, IP address, and port number settings.

The shared key configured by this command takes precedence over the shared key configured with the key accounting command.

If the specified server resides on an MPLS L3VPN, specify the VPN instance by using the vpn-instance vpn-instance-name option. The VPN instance specified by this command takes precedence over the VPN instance specified for the RADIUS scheme.

The following rules exist when the RADIUS server load sharing feature is disabled:

·     If you modify or remove the accounting server to which the device is sending a start-accounting request, the accounting server might become unreachable. When communication with the unreachable server times out, the device tries to communicate with an active server that has the highest priority for accounting.

·     If you remove the accounting server to which the device has sent start-accounting requests successfully for an online user, the device tries to communicate with an active server that has the highest priority for subsequent accounting requests.

The following rules exist when the RADIUS server load sharing feature is enabled:

·     If you modify or remove the accounting server to which the device is sending a start-accounting request, the accounting server might become unreachable. When communication with the unreachable server times out, the device selects an active server for accounting based on the weight values and current user counts on the active servers.

·     If you remove the accounting server to which the device has sent start-accounting requests successfully for an online user, real-time accounting fails for that online user and the accounting result is not accurate for that online user. The reason is that the device can communicate only with the accounting server to which it has sent start-accounting requests successfully. As a result, the device cannot send real-time accounting requests or send and buffer stop-accounting requests for that online user.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, specify a secondary accounting server with IP address 10.110.1.1 and UDP port 1813.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] secondary accounting 10.110.1.1 1813

# In RADIUS scheme radius2, specify two secondary accounting servers with IP addresses 10.110.1.1 and 10.110.1.2 and UDP port 1813.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius2

[Sysname-radius-radius2] secondary accounting 10.110.1.1 1813

[Sysname-radius-radius2] secondary accounting 10.110.1.2 1813

Related commands

display radius scheme

key (RADIUS scheme view)

primary accounting (RADIUS scheme view)

vpn-instance (RADIUS scheme view)

secondary authentication (RADIUS scheme view)

Use secondary authentication to specify a secondary RADIUS authentication server.

Use undo secondary authentication to remove a secondary RADIUS authentication server.

Syntax

secondary authentication { host-name | ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ port-number | key { cipher | simple } string | test-profile profile-name | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name | weight weight-value ] *

undo secondary authentication [ { host-name | ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ port-number | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] * ]

Default

No secondary RADIUS authentication servers are specified.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

host-name: Specifies the host name of a secondary RADIUS authentication server, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

ipv4-address: Specifies the IPv4 address of a secondary RADIUS authentication server.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of a secondary RADIUS authentication server.

port-number: Specifies the service port number of the secondary RADIUS authentication server. The value range for the UDP port number is 1 to 65535. The default setting is 1812.

key: Specifies the shared key for secure communication with the secondary RADIUS authentication server.

cipher: Specifies the key in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies the key in plaintext form. For security purposes, the key specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the key. This argument is case sensitive. The encrypted form of the key is a string of 1 to 117 characters. The plaintext form of the key is a string of 1 to 64 characters.

test-profile profile-name: Specifies a test profile for detecting the RADIUS server status. The profile-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the secondary RADIUS authentication server belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the server is on the public network, do not specify this option.

weight weight-value: Specifies a weight value for the RADIUS server. The value range for the weight-value argument is 0 to 100, and the default value is 0. The value 0 indicates that the RADIUS server will not be used for load sharing. This option takes effect only when the RADIUS server load sharing feature is enabled for the RADIUS scheme. A larger weight value represents a higher capacity to process authentication requests.

Usage guidelines

Make sure the port number and shared key settings of each secondary RADIUS authentication server are the same as those configured on the corresponding server.

A RADIUS scheme supports a maximum of 16 secondary RADIUS authentication servers. If the primary server fails, the device tries to communicate with a secondary server in active state. The device connects to the secondary servers in the order they are configured.

The server status detection is triggered for a server if the specified test profile exists on the device.

Two authentication servers specified for a scheme, primary or secondary, cannot have identical VPN instance, host name, IP address, and port number settings.

The shared key configured by this command takes precedence over the shared key configured with the key authentication command.

If the specified server resides on an MPLS L3VPN, specify the VPN instance by using the vpn-instance vpn-instance-name option. The VPN instance specified by this command takes precedence over the VPN instance specified for the RADIUS scheme.

The server in use might become unreachable after you modify or remove it during an authentication process. Communication with the server times out. In this situation, the device tries to communicate with an active server that has the highest priority for authentication if the RADIUS server load sharing feature is disabled. If the RADIUS server load sharing feature is enabled, the device selects an active server based on the weight values and current user counts on the active servers.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, specify a secondary authentication server with IP address 10.110.1.2 and UDP port 1812.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] secondary authentication 10.110.1.2 1812

# In RADIUS scheme radius2, specify two secondary authentication servers with IP addresses 10.110.1.1 and 10.110.1.2 and UDP port 1812.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius2

[Sysname-radius-radius2] secondary authentication 10.110.1.1 1812

[Sysname-radius-radius2] secondary authentication 10.110.1.2 1812

Related commands

display radius scheme

key (RADIUS scheme view)

primary authentication (RADIUS scheme view)

radius-server test-profile

vpn-instance (RADIUS scheme view)

server-block-action (RADIUS scheme view)

Use server-block-action to specify the action to take for AAA requests if all servers in a RADIUS scheme are blocked.

Use undo server-block-action to restore the default.

Syntax

server-block-action { attempt | skip }

undo server-block-action

Default

The device attempts to connect to the server with the highest priority in a RADIUS scheme upon receiving AAA requests if all servers in the scheme are blocked.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

attempt: Attempts to connect to a server in the scheme.

skip: Skips all servers in the scheme and turns to the backup method.

Usage guidelines

The attempt action gives the device a chance to use the scheme in case the server with the highest priority in the scheme might be available. However, the attempt to communicate with an unavailable server increases the response time for AAA requests. As a best practice, specify the skip action in scenarios that require quick responses to AAA requests.

When processing an AAA request, the device does not turn back to a skipped scheme even though the state of the servers in the scheme changes from blocked to active.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, configure the device to skip all servers in the scheme upon receiving AAA requests if all servers in the scheme are blocked.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme hwt1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] server-block-action skip

Related commands

display radius scheme

retry

timer response-timeout (RADIUS scheme view)

server-load-sharing enable

Use server-load-sharing enable to enable the RADIUS server load sharing feature.

Use undo server-load-sharing enable to disable the RADIUS server load sharing feature.

Syntax

server-load-sharing enable

undo server-load-sharing enable

Default

The RADIUS server load sharing feature is disabled.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Use the RADIUS server load sharing feature to dynamically distribute the AAA requests over multiple servers regardless of their server roles. The device forwards an AAA request to the most appropriate server of all active servers in the scheme after it compares the weight values and numbers of currently served users. Specify a weight value for each RADIUS server based on the AAA capacity of the server. A larger weight value indicates a higher AAA capacity.

In RADIUS server load sharing, once the device sends a start-accounting request to a server for a user, it forwards all subsequent accounting requests of the user to the same server. If the accounting server is unreachable, the device returns an accounting failure message rather than searching for another active accounting server.

Examples

# Enable the RADIUS server load sharing feature for RADIUS scheme radius1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] server-load-sharing enable

Related commands

primary authentication (RADIUS scheme view)

primary accounting (RADIUS scheme view)

secondary authentication (RADIUS scheme view)

secondary accounting (RADIUS scheme view)

snmp-agent trap enable radius

Use snmp-agent trap enable radius to enable SNMP notifications for RADIUS.

Use undo snmp-agent trap enable radius to disable SNMP notifications for RADIUS.

Syntax

snmp-agent trap enable radius [ accounting-server-down | accounting-server-up | authentication-error-threshold | authentication-server-down | authentication-server-up ] *

undo snmp-agent trap enable radius [ accounting-server-down | accounting-server-up | authentication-error-threshold | authentication-server-down | authentication-server-up ] *

Default

All RADIUS SNMP notifications are disabled.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

accounting-server-down: Specifies notifications to be sent when the RADIUS accounting server becomes unreachable.

accounting-server-up: Specifies notifications to be sent when the RADIUS accounting server becomes reachable.

authentication-error-threshold: Specifies notifications to be sent when the number of authentication failures exceeds the specified threshold. The threshold is represented by the ratio of the authentication failures to the total number of authentication attempts. The value range is 1 to 100, and the default value is 30. This threshold can only be configured through the MIB.

authentication-server-down: Specifies notifications to be sent when the RADIUS authentication server becomes unreachable.

authentication-server-up: Specifies notifications to be sent when the RADIUS authentication server becomes reachable.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify any keywords, this command enables or disables all types of notifications for RADIUS.

When SNMP notifications for RADIUS are enabled, the device supports the following notifications generated by RADIUS:

·     RADIUS server unreachable notification—The RADIUS server cannot be reached. RADIUS generates this notification if it cannot receive any response to an accounting or authentication request within the specified RADIUS request transmission attempts.

·     RADIUS server reachable notification—The RADIUS server can be reached. RADIUS generates this notification for a previously blocked RADIUS server after the quiet timer expires.

·     Excessive authentication failures notification—RADIUS generates this notification when the number of authentication failures to the total number of authentication attempts exceeds the specified threshold.

Examples

# Enable the device to send RADIUS accounting server unreachable notifications.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] snmp-agent trap enable radius accounting-server-down

source-ip

Use source-ip to specify a source IP address for outgoing RADIUS packets.

Use undo source-ip to remove the source IP address of the specified type for outgoing RADIUS packets.

Syntax

source-ip { ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address }

undo source-ip [ ipv6 ]

Default

The source IP address of an outgoing RADIUS packet is that specified by using the radius source-ip command in system view.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv4-address: Specifies an IPv4 address, which must be an address of the device. The IP address cannot be 0.0.0.0, 255.255.255.255, a class D address, a class E address, or a loopback address.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies an IPv6 address, which must be a unicast address of the device and cannot be a loopback address or a link-local address.

Usage guidelines

The source IP address of RADIUS packets that a NAS sends must match the IP address of the NAS that is configured on the RADIUS server. A RADIUS server identifies a NAS by its IP address. Upon receiving a RADIUS packet, a RADIUS server checks the source IP address of the packet.

·     If the source IP address belongs to a managed NAS, the server processes the packet.

·     If the source IP address does not belong to a managed NAS, the server drops the packet.

As a best practice to avoid RADIUS packet loss caused by physical port errors, specify a loopback interface address as the source IP address of outgoing RADIUS packets.

The device selects a source IP address for outgoing RADIUS packets in the following order:

4.     The source IP address specified by using the source-ip command in RADIUS scheme view.

5.     The source IP address specified by using the radius source-ip command in system view.

6.     The NAS IP address specified by using the nas-ip command in RADIUS scheme view.

7.     The NAS IP address specified by using the radius nas-ip command in system view.

8.     The IP address of the outbound interface for the outgoing RADIUS packets.

A RADIUS scheme can have only one source IPv4 address and one source IPv6 address for outgoing RADIUS packets.

If you do not specify the ipv6 keyword for the undo source-ip command, the command removes the configured source IPv4 address for outgoing RADIUS packets.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, specify IP address 10.1.1.1 as the source IPv4 address of outgoing RADIUS packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] source-ip 10.1.1.1

Related commands

display radius scheme

nas-ip (RADIUS scheme view)

radius nas-ip

radius source-ip

state primary

Use state primary to set the status of a primary RADIUS server.

Syntax

state primary { accounting | authentication } { active | block }

Default

A primary RADIUS server is in active state.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

accounting: Specifies the primary RADIUS accounting server.

authentication: Specifies the primary RADIUS authentication server.

active: Specifies the active state, the normal operation state.

block: Specifies the blocked state, the out-of-service state.

Usage guidelines

When the RADIUS server load sharing feature is disabled, the device first tries to communicate with the primary server if the primary server is in active state. If the primary server is unavailable, the device performs the following operations:

·     Changes the status of the primary server to blocked.

·     Starts a quiet timer for the server.

·     Tries to communicate with a secondary server in active state.

When the quiet timer of the primary server times out, the status of the server automatically changes to active. If you set the server status to blocked before the quiet timer times out, the server status cannot change back to active unless you manually set the status to active.

When the RADIUS server load sharing feature is enabled, the device checks the weight value and number of currently served users only for servers in active state. The most appropriate active server is selected for communication.

When the primary server and all secondary servers are in blocked state, the device tries to communicate with the primary server.

This command can affect the RADIUS server status detection feature when a valid test profile is specified for a primary RADIUS authentication server.

·     If you set the status of the server to blocked, the device stops detecting the status of the server.

·     If you set the status of the server to active, the device starts to detect the status of the server.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, set the status of the primary authentication server to blocked.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] state primary authentication block

Related commands

display radius scheme

radius-server test-profile

server-load-sharing enable

state secondary

state secondary

Use state secondary to set the status of a secondary RADIUS server.

Syntax

state secondary { accounting | authentication } [ { host-name | ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ port-number | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] * ] { active | block }

Default

A secondary RADIUS server is in active state.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

accounting: Specifies a secondary RADIUS accounting server.

authentication: Specifies a secondary RADIUS authentication server.

host-name: Specifies the host name of the secondary RADIUS server, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

ipv4-address: Specifies the IPv4 address of a secondary RADIUS server.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of a secondary RADIUS server.

port-number: Specifies the service port number of a secondary RADIUS server. The value range for the UDP port number is 1 to 65535. The default port numbers for authentication and accounting are 1812 and 1813, respectively.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the secondary RADIUS server belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

active: Specifies the active state, the normal operation state.

block: Specifies the blocked state, the out-of-service state.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify an IP address, this command changes the status of all configured secondary RADIUS servers.

If the device finds that a secondary server in active state is unreachable, the device performs the following operations:

·     Changes the status of the secondary server to blocked.

·     Starts a quiet timer for the server.

·     Tries to communicate with another secondary server in active state.

When the quiet timer of a server times out, the status of the server automatically changes to active. If you set the server status to blocked before the quiet timer times out, the server status cannot change back to active unless you manually set the status to active. If all configured secondary servers are unreachable, the device considers the authentication or accounting attempt a failure.

When the RADIUS server load sharing feature is enabled, the device checks the weight value and number of currently served users only for servers in active state. The most appropriate active server is selected for communication.

This command can affect the RADIUS server status detection feature when a valid test profile is specified for a secondary RADIUS authentication server.

·     If you set the status of the server to blocked, the device stops detecting the status of the server.

·     If you set the status of the server to active, the device starts to detect the status of the server.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, set the status of all the secondary authentication servers to blocked.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] state secondary authentication block

Related commands

display radius scheme

radius-server test-profile

server-load-sharing enable

state primary

stop-accounting-buffer enable (RADIUS scheme view)

Use stop-accounting-buffer enable to enable buffering of RADIUS stop-accounting requests to which no responses have been received.

Use undo stop-accounting-buffer enable to disable the buffering feature.

Syntax

stop-accounting-buffer enable

undo stop-accounting-buffer enable

Default

The device buffers the RADIUS stop-accounting requests to which no responses have been received.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command enables the device to buffer a RADIUS stop-accounting request that has no response after the maximum transmission attempts (set by using the retry command) have been made. The device resends the buffered request until it receives a server response or when the number of stop-accounting request transmission attempts reaches the upper limit. If no more attempts are available, the device discards the request. However, if you have removed an accounting server, stop-accounting requests destined for the server are not buffered.

Examples

# Enable buffering of RADIUS stop-accounting requests to which no responses have been received.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] stop-accounting-buffer enable

Related commands

display stop-accounting-buffer (for RADIUS)

reset stop-accounting-buffer (for RADIUS)

stop-accounting-packet send-force

Use stop-accounting-packet send-force to enable forcibly sending stop-accounting packets. The device will send stop-accounting packets when users for which no start-accounting packets are sent go offline.

Use undo stop-accounting-packet send-force to disable forcibly sending stop-accounting packets.

Syntax

stop-accounting-packet send-force

undo stop-accounting-packet send-force

Default

Forcibly sending stop-accounting packets is disabled. The device does not send stop-accounting packets when users for which no start-accounting packets are sent go offline.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

Typically, if the device does not send a start-accounting packet to the RADIUS server for an authenticated user, it does not send a stop-accounting packet when the user goes offline. If the server has generated a user entry for the user without start-accounting packets, it does not release the user entry when the user goes offline. This feature forces the device to send stop-accounting packets to the RADIUS server when the user goes offline for timely releasing the user entry on the server.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, enable forcibly sending stop-accounting packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] stop-accounting-packet send-force

Related commands

display radius scheme

threshold remanent-volume

Use threshold remanent-volume to set the available data threshold.

Use undo threshold remanent-volume to restore the default.

Syntax

threshold remanent-volume threshold-value

undo threshold remanent-volume

Default

The available data threshold is 0.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

threshold-value: Specifies the available data threshold, in the range of 0 to 4294967295. The unit is set by using the attribute remanent-volume unit command.

Usage guidelines

Use this command if the RADIUS server divides the total data quota of an authenticated user into multiple equal portions and assigns one portion to the user each time. When the user's available data on the device reaches the threshold, the device sends a realtime accounting request to the RADIUS server to apply for a new portion. This process continues till the user uses up the total data quota.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, set the available data threshold to 2048 MB.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] threshold remanent-volume 2048

[Sysname-radius-radius1] attribute remanent-volume unit mega-byte

Related commands

attribute remanent-volume unit

display radius scheme

timer quiet (RADIUS scheme view)

Use timer quiet to set the quiet timer for the servers specified in a RADIUS scheme.

Use undo timer quiet to restore the default.

Syntax

timer quiet minutes

undo timer quiet

Default

The server quiet timer period is 5 minutes in a RADIUS scheme.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

minutes: Specifies the server quiet period in minutes, in the range of 1 to 255.

Usage guidelines

Make sure the server quiet timer is set correctly.

A timer that is too short might result in frequent authentication or accounting failures. This is because the device will continue to attempt to communicate with an unreachable server that is in active state.

A timer that is too long might temporarily block a reachable server that has recovered from a failure. This is because the server will remain in blocked state until the timer expires.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, set the quiet timer to 10 minutes for the servers.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] timer quiet 10

Related commands

display radius scheme

timer realtime-accounting (RADIUS scheme view)

Use timer realtime-accounting to set the real-time accounting interval.

Use undo timer realtime-accounting to restore the default.

Syntax

timer realtime-accounting interval [ second ]

undo timer realtime-accounting

Default

The real-time accounting interval is 12 minutes.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interval: Specifies the real-time accounting interval in the range of 0 to 71582.

second: Specifies the measurement unit as second. If you do not specify this keyword, the real-time accounting interval is measured in minutes.

Usage guidelines

When the real-time accounting interval on the device is not zero, the device sends online user accounting information to the RADIUS accounting server at the configured interval.

When the real-time accounting interval on the device is zero, the device sends online user accounting information to the RADIUS accounting server at the real-time accounting interval configured on the server. If the real-time accounting interval is not configured on the server, the device does not send online user accounting information.

If a user uses RADIUS accounting but not RADIUS authentication and authorization, the device performs real-time accounting for that user only based on the real-time accounting interval set in the user's RADIUS accounting scheme. The real-time accounting interval assigned by the RADIUS accounting server does not take effect.

A short interval helps improve accounting precision but requires many system resources.

Table 19 Recommended real-time accounting intervals

Number of users

Real-time accounting interval

1 to 99

3 minutes

100 to 499

6 minutes

500 to 999

12 minutes

1000 or more

15 minutes or longer

 

The device sends a start-accounting packet for a dual-stack user after the user obtains an IP address of one stack. No matter how long the real-time accounting interval is, the device sends an update-accounting packet for the user immediately after the user obtains an IP address of another stack.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, set the real-time accounting interval to 51 minutes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] timer realtime-accounting 51

Related commands

retry realtime-accounting

timer response-timeout (RADIUS scheme view)

Use timer response-timeout to set the RADIUS server response timeout timer.

Use undo timer response-timeout to restore the default.

Syntax

timer response-timeout seconds

undo timer response-timeout

Default

The RADIUS server response timeout period is 3 seconds.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

seconds: Specifies the RADIUS server response timeout period, in the range of 1 to 10 seconds.

Usage guidelines

If a NAS receives no response from the RADIUS server in a period of time after sending a RADIUS request, it resends the request so that the user has more opportunity to obtain the RADIUS service. The NAS uses the RADIUS server response timeout timer to control the transmission interval.

If the client times out during the authentication process, the user is immediately logged off. To avoid user logoffs, the value multiplied by the following items cannot be larger than the client timeout period defined by the access module:

·     The maximum number of RADIUS packet transmission attempts.

·     The RADIUS server response timeout period.

·     The number of RADIUS servers in the RADIUS scheme.

When the device sends a RADIUS request to a new RADIUS server, it checks the total amount of time it has taken to transmit the RADIUS packet. If the amount of time has reached 300 seconds, the device stops sending the RADIUS request to the next RADIUS server. As a best practice, consider the number of RADIUS servers when you configure the maximum number of packet transmission attempts and the RADIUS server response timeout period.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, set the RADIUS server response timeout timer to 5 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] timer response-timeout 5

Related commands

display radius scheme

retry

trust ip

Use trust ip to configure a trusted IPv4 DAC.

Use undo trust ip to remove a trusted IPv4 DAC.

Syntax

trust ip ipv4-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo trust ip ipv4-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No trusted IPv4 DACs are configured.

Views

RADIUS DAS view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv4-address: Specifies the IPv4 address of a DAC, which cannot be 0.0.0.0, 255.255.255.255, a class D address, a class E address, or a loopback address.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the DAC belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. Do not specify this option if the DAC belongs to the public network.

Usage guidelines

On a DAE proxy network, the DAE proxy checks the legitimacy of DAE requests received from DACs and it sends only legitimate DAE requests to the DAS. To exempt DAE requests from a DAC from being checked, you can configure the DAC as a trusted DAC. In this way, the DAE proxy directly sends DAE requests from the DAC to the DAS. This reduces the burden of the DAE proxy.

You can repeat this command to configure multiple trusted IPv4 DACs.

Examples

# Configure the DAC at 10.110.1.2 as a trusted IPv4 DAC.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius dynamic-author server

[Sysname-radius-da-server] trust ip 10.110.1.2

Related commands

trust ipv6

trust ipv6

Use trust ipv6 to configure a trusted IPv6 DAC.

Use undo trust ipv6 to remove a trusted IPv6 DAC.

Syntax

trust ipv6 ipv6-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo trust ipv6 ipv6-address [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

Default

No trusted IPv6 DACs are configured.

Views

RADIUS DAS view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of a DAC, which must be a unicast address and cannot be a loopback address or a link-local address.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the DAC belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. Do not specify this option if the DAC belongs to the public network.

Usage guidelines

On a DAE proxy network, the DAE proxy checks the legitimacy of DAE requests received from DACs and it sends only legitimate DAE requests to the DAS. To exempt DAE requests from a DAC from being checked, you can configure the DAC as a trusted DAC. In this way, the DAE proxy directly sends DAE requests from the DAC to the DAS. This reduces the burden of the DAE proxy.

You can repeat this command to configure multiple trusted IPv6 DACs.

Examples

# Configure the DAC at 10:110::1:2 as a trusted IPv6 DAC.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius dynamic-author server

[Sysname-radius-da-server] trust ipv6 10:110::1:2

Related commands

trust ip

user-name-format (RADIUS scheme view)

Use user-name-format to specify the format of the username to be sent to a RADIUS server.

Use undo user-name-format to restore the default.

Syntax

user-name-format { keep-original | with-domain | without-domain }

undo user-name-format

Default

The ISP domain name is included in the usernames sent to a RADIUS server.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

keep-original: Sends the username to the RADIUS server as the username is entered.

with-domain: Includes the ISP domain name in the username sent to the RADIUS server.

without-domain: Excludes the ISP domain name from the username sent to the RADIUS server.

Usage guidelines

A username is generally in the userid@isp-name format, of which the isp-name argument is used by the device to determine the ISP domain to which a user belongs. Some earlier RADIUS servers, however, cannot recognize a username containing an ISP domain name. Before sending a username including a domain name to such a RADIUS server, the device must remove the domain name. This command allows you to specify whether to include a domain name in a username sent to a RADIUS server.

If a RADIUS scheme defines that the username is sent without the ISP domain name, do not apply the scheme to more than one ISP domain. Otherwise, the RADIUS server will consider two users in different ISP domains but with the same userid as one user.

If the RADIUS scheme is used for roaming wireless users, specify the keep-original keyword. Otherwise, authentication of the wireless users might fail.

Examples

# In RADIUS scheme radius1, configure the device to remove the domain name from the usernames sent to the RADIUS servers.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] user-name-format without-domain

Related commands

display radius scheme

vpn-instance (RADIUS scheme view)

Use vpn-instance to specify an MPLS L3VPN instance for a RADIUS scheme.

Use undo vpn-instance to restore the default.

Syntax

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name

undo vpn-instance

Default

The RADIUS scheme belongs to the public network.

Views

RADIUS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

The VPN instance specified for a RADIUS scheme applies to all authentication and accounting servers in that scheme. If a VPN instance is also configured for an individual RADIUS server, the VPN instance specified for the RADIUS scheme does not take effect on that server.

Examples

# Specify VPN instance test for RADIUS scheme radius1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] radius scheme radius1

[Sysname-radius-radius1] vpn-instance test

Related commands

display radius scheme

HWTACACS commands

data-flow-format (HWTACACS scheme view)

Use data-flow-format to set the data flow and packet measurement units for traffic statistics.

Use undo data-flow-format to restore the default.

Syntax

data-flow-format { data { byte | giga-byte | kilo-byte | mega-byte } | packet { giga-packet | kilo-packet | mega-packet | one-packet } } *

undo data-flow-format { data | packet }

Default

Traffic is counted in bytes and packets.

Views

HWTACACS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

data: Specifies the unit for data flows.

byte: Specifies the unit as byte.

giga-byte: Specifies the unit as gigabyte.

kilo-byte: Specifies the unit as kilobyte.

mega-byte: Specifies the unit as megabyte.

packet: Specifies the unit for data packets.

giga-packet: Specifies the unit as giga-packet.

kilo-packet: Specifies the unit as kilo-packet.

mega-packet: Specifies the unit as mega-packet.

one-packet: Specifies the unit as one-packet.

Usage guidelines

The data flow and packet measurement units for traffic statistics must be the same as configured on the HWTACACS accounting servers. Otherwise, accounting results might be incorrect.

Examples

# In HWTACACS scheme hwt1, set the data flow and packet measurement units for traffic statistics to kilobyte and kilo-packet, respectively.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] data-flow-format data kilo-byte packet kilo-packet

Related commands

display hwtacacs scheme

display hwtacacs scheme

Use display hwtacacs scheme to display the configuration or statistics of HWTACACS schemes.

Syntax

display hwtacacs scheme [ hwtacacs-scheme-name [ statistics ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies an HWTACACS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters. If you do not specify an HWTACACS scheme, this command displays the configuration of all HWTACACS schemes.

statistics: Displays the HWTACACS service statistics. If you do not specify this keyword, the command displays the configuration of the specified HWTACACS scheme.

Examples

# Displays the configuration of all HWTACACS schemes.

<Sysname> display hwtacacs scheme

Total 1 HWTACACS schemes

 

------------------------------------------------------------------

HWTACACS Scheme Name  : hwtac

  Index : 0

  Primary Auth Server:

    Host name: Not configured

    IP  : 2.2.2.2         Port: 49     State: Active

    VPN Instance: 2

    Single-connection: Enabled

  Primary Author Server:

    Host name: Not configured

    IP  : 2.2.2.2         Port: 49     State: Active

    VPN Instance: 2

    Single-connection: Disabled

  Primary Acct Server:

    Host name: Not configured

    IP  : Not Configured  Port: 49     State: Block

    VPN Instance: Not configured

    Single-connection: Disabled

 

  VPN Instance                          : 2

  NAS IP Address                        : 2.2.2.3

  Server Quiet Period(minutes)          : 5

  Realtime Accounting Interval(minutes) : 12

  Stop-accounting packets buffering     : Enabled

    Retransmission times                : 100

  Response Timeout Interval(seconds)    : 5

  Username Format                       : with-domain

  Data flow unit                        : Byte

  Packet unit                           : one

------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 20 Command output

Field

Description

Index

Index number of the HWTACACS scheme.

Primary Auth Server

Primary HWTACACS authentication server.

Primary Author Server

Primary HWTACACS authorization server.

Primary Acct Server

Primary HWTACACS accounting server.

Secondary Auth Server

Secondary HWTACACS authentication server.

Secondary Author Server

Secondary HWTACACS authorization server.

Secondary Acct Server

Secondary HWTACACS accounting server.

Host name

Host name of the server.

This field displays Not configured in the following situations:

·     The server is not configured.

·     The server is specified by IP address.

IP

IP address of the server.

This field displays Not configured in the following situations:

·     The server is not configured.

·     The server is specified by hostname, and the hostname is not resolved.

Port

Service port of the HWTACACS server. If no port configuration is performed, this field displays the default port number.

State

Status of the HWTACACS server: active or blocked.

VPN Instance

MPLS L3VPN instance to which the HWTACACS server or scheme belongs. If no VPN instance is specified for the server or scheme, this field displays Not configured.

Single-connection

Single connection status:

·     Enabled—Establish only one TCP connection for all users to communicate with the server.

·     Disabled—Establish a TCP connection for each user to communicate with the server.

NAS IP Address

Source IP addresses or source interface for outgoing HWTACACS packets.

This field displays Not configured if no source interface or source IP addresses are specified for outgoing HWTACACS packets.

Server Quiet Period(minutes)

Quiet period for the primary servers, in minutes.

Realtime Accounting Interval(minutes)

Real-time accounting interval, in minutes.

Stop-accounting packets buffering

Whether buffering of nonresponded HWTACACS stop-accounting requests is enabled.

Retransmission times

Maximum number of transmission attempts for individual HWTACACS stop-accounting requests.

Response Timeout Interval(seconds)

HWTACACS server response timeout period, in seconds.

Username Format

Format for the usernames sent to the HWTACACS server:

·     with-domain—Includes the domain name.

·     without-domain—Excludes the domain name.

·     keep-original—Forwards the username as the username is entered.

Data flow unit

Measurement unit for data flows.

Packet unit

Measurement unit for packets.

 

# Display statistics for HWTACACS scheme tac.

<Sysname> display hwtacacs scheme tac statistics

HWTACACS scheme name: tac

  Primary authentication server: 111.8.0.244

    Round trip time:                                20 seconds

    Request packets:                                1

    Login request packets:                          1

    Change-password request packets:                0

    Request packets including plaintext passwords:  0

    Request packets including ciphertext passwords: 0

    Response packets:                               2

    Pass response packets:                          1

    Failure response packets:                       0

    Get-data response packets:                      0

    Get-username response packets:                  0

    Get-password response packets:                  1

    Restart response packets:                       0

    Error response packets:                         0

    Follow response packets:                        0

    Malformed response packets:                     0

    Continue packets:                               1

    Continue-abort packets:                         0

    Pending request packets:                        0

    Timeout packets:                                0

    Unknown type response packets:                  0

    Dropped response packets:                       0

 

  Primary authorization server :111.8.0.244

    Round trip time:                               1 seconds

    Request packets:                               1

    Response packets:                              1

    PassAdd response packets:                      1

    PassReply response packets:                    0

    Failure response packets:                      0

    Error response packets:                        0

    Follow response packets:                       0

    Malformed response packets:                    0

    Pending request packets:                       0

    Timeout packets:                               0

    Unknown type response packets:                 0

    Dropped response packets:                      0

 

  Primary accounting server :111.8.0.244

    Round trip time:                               0 seconds

    Request packets:                               2

    Accounting start request packets:              1

    Accounting stop request packets:               1

    Accounting update request packets:             0

    Pending request packets:                       0

    Response packets:                              2

    Success response packets:                      2

    Error response packets:                        0

    Follow response packets:                       0

    Malformed response packets:                    0

    Timeout response packets:                      0

    Unknown type response packets:                 0

    Dropped response packets:                      0

Table 21 Command output

Field

Description

Primary authentication server

Primary HWTACACS authentication server.

Primary authorization server

Primary HWTACACS authorization server.

Primary accounting server

Primary HWTACACS accounting server.

Secondary authentication server

Secondary HWTACACS authentication server.

Secondary authorization server

Secondary HWTACACS authorization server.

Secondary accounting server

Secondary HWTACACS accounting server.

Round trip time

The time interval during which the device processed a pair of request and response. The unit is second.

Request packets

Total number of sent request packets.

Login request packets

Number of sent login request packets.

Change-password request packets

Number of sent request packets for changing passwords.

Request packets including plaintext passwords

Number of request packets that include plaintext passwords.

Request packets including ciphertext passwords

Number of request packets that include ciphertext passwords.

Response packets

Total number of received response packets.

Pass response packets

Number of response packets indicating successful authentication.

Failure response packets

Number of response packets indicating authentication or authorization failure.

Get-data response packets

Number of response packets for obtaining user data.

Get-username response packets

Number of response packets for obtaining usernames.

Get-password response packets

Number of response packets for obtaining passwords.

Restart response packets

Number of response packets for reauthentication.

Error response packets

Number of error-type response packets.

Follow response packets

Number of follow-type response packets.

Malformed response packets

Number of malformed response packets.

Continue packets

Number of sent Continue packets.

Continue-abort packets

Number of sent Continue-abort packets.

Pending request packets

Number of request packets waiting for a response.

Timeout packets/Timeout response packets

Number of timeout response packets.

Unknown type response packets

Number of unknown-type response packets.

Dropped response packets

Number of dropped response packets.

PassAdd response packets

Number of received PassAdd response packets. The packets indicate that all requested authorization attributes are assigned and additional authorization attributes are added.

PassReply response packets

Number of received PassReply response packets. The device uses the specified authorization attributes in the packets to replace the requested authorization attributes.

Accounting start request packets

Number of accounting start request packets.

Accounting stop request packets

Number of accounting stop request packets.

Accounting update request packets

Number of accounting update request packets.

Success response packets

Number of accounting success response packets.

 

Related commands

reset hwtacacs statistics

display stop-accounting-buffer (for HWTACACS)

Use display stop-accounting-buffer to display information about buffered HWTACACS stop-accounting requests to which no responses have been received.

Syntax

display stop-accounting-buffer hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies an HWTACACS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Examples

# Display information about nonresponded stop-accounting requests buffered for HWTACACS scheme hwt1.

<Sysname> display stop-accounting-buffer hwtacacs-scheme hwt1

Total entries: 2

Scheme    IP address        Username      First sending time     Attempts

hwt1      192.168.100.1     abc           23:27:16-01/15/2020    19

hwt1      192.168.90.6      bob           23:33:01-01/15/2020    20

Table 22 Command output

Field

Description

First sending time

Time when the stop-accounting request was first sent.

Attempts

Number of attempts that were made to send the stop-accounting request.

 

Related commands

reset stop-accounting-buffer (for HWTACACS)

retry stop-accounting (HWTACACS scheme view)

stop-accounting-buffer enable (HWTACACS scheme view)

user-name-format (HWTACACS scheme view)

hwtacacs nas-ip

Use hwtacacs nas-ip to specify a source IP address for outgoing HWTACACS packets.

Use undo hwtacacs nas-ip to delete the specified source IP address for outgoing HWTACACS packets.

Syntax

hwtacacs nas-ip { interface interface-type interface-number | { ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] }

undo hwtacacs nas-ip { interface | { ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] }

Default

The source IP address of an HWTACACS packet sent to the server is the primary IPv4 address or the IPv6 address of the outbound interface.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies a source interface by its type and number. The device uses the primary IPv4 address or the IPv6 address of the interface as the source IP address of an outgoing HWTACACS packet.

ipv4-address: Specifies an IPv4 address, which must be an address of the device. The IP address cannot be 0.0.0.0, 255.255.255.255, a class D address, a class E address, or a loopback address.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies an IPv6 address, which must be a unicast address of the device and cannot be a loopback address or a link-local address.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the source IP address belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. To configure a public-network source IP address, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

The source IP address of HWTACACS packets that a NAS sends must match the IP address of the NAS that is configured on the HWTACACS server. An HWTACACS server identifies a NAS by IP address. Upon receiving an HWTACACS packet, the HWTACACS server checks the source IP address of the packet.

·     If the source IP address of the packet is the IP address of a managed NAS, the server processes the packet.

·     If the source IP address of the packet is not the IP address of a managed NAS, the server drops the packet.

As a best practice to avoid HWTACACS packet loss caused by physical port errors, specify a loopback interface address as the source IP address for outgoing HWTACACS packets.

If you use both the nas-ip command and hwtacacs nas-ip command, the following guidelines apply:

·     The setting configured by using the nas-ip command in HWTACACS scheme view applies only to the HWTACACS scheme.

·     The setting configured by using the hwtacacs nas-ip command in system view applies to all HWTACACS schemes.

·     The setting in HWTACACS scheme view takes precedence over the setting in system view.

You can specify a maximum of 16 source IP addresses in system view, including:

·     Zero or one public-network source IPv4 address.

·     Zero or one public-network source IPv6 address.

·     Private-network source IP addresses.

Each VPN instance can have only one private-network source IPv4 address and one private-network source IPv6 address in system view.

You can specify only one source interface to provide the source IP address for outgoing HWTACACS packets. Make sure the route between the source interface and the HWTACACS server is reachable.

The source interface configuration and the source IP address configuration overwrite each other.

Examples

# Specify IP address 129.10.10.1 as the source IP address for HWTACACS packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs nas-ip 129.10.10.1

Related commands

nas-ip (HWTACACS scheme view)

hwtacacs scheme

Use hwtacacs scheme to create an HWTACACS scheme and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing HWTACACS scheme.

Use undo hwtacacs scheme to delete an HWTACACS scheme.

Syntax

hwtacacs scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name

undo hwtacacs scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name

Default

No HWTACACS schemes exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies the HWTACACS scheme name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

An HWTACACS scheme can be used by more than one ISP domain at the same time.

You can configure a maximum of 16 HWTACACS schemes.

Examples

# Create an HWTACACS scheme named hwt1 and enter HWTACACS scheme view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1]

Related commands

display hwtacacs scheme

key (HWTACACS scheme view)

Use key to set the shared key for secure HWTACACS authentication, authorization, or accounting communication.

Use undo key to delete the shared key for secure HWTACACS authentication, authorization, or accounting communication.

Syntax

key { accounting | authentication | authorization } { cipher | simple } string

undo key { accounting | authentication | authorization }

Default

No shared key is configured for secure HWTACACS authentication, authorization, or accounting communication.

Views

HWTACACS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

accounting: Specifies the shared key for secure HWTACACS accounting communication.

authentication: Specifies the shared key for secure HWTACACS authentication communication.

authorization: Specifies the shared key for secure HWTACACS authorization communication.

cipher: Specifies the key in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies the key in plaintext form. For security purposes, the key specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the key. This argument is case sensitive. The encrypted form of the key is a string of 1 to 373 characters. The plaintext form of the key is a string of 1 to 255 characters.

Usage guidelines

The shared keys configured on the device must match those configured on the HWTACACS servers.

Examples

# In HWTACACS scheme hwt1, set the shared key to 123456TESTauth&! in plaintext form for secure HWTACACS authentication communication.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] key authentication simple 123456TESTauth&!

# Set the shared key to 123456TESTautr&! in plaintext form for secure HWTACACS authorization communication.

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] key authorization simple 123456TESTautr&!

# Set the shared key to 123456TESTacct&! in plaintext form for secure HWTACACS accounting communication.

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] key accounting simple 123456TESTacct&!

Related commands

display hwtacacs scheme

nas-ip (HWTACACS scheme view)

Use nas-ip to specify a source IP address for outgoing HWTACACS packets.

Use undo nas-ip to delete the specified source IP address for outgoing HWTACACS packets.

Syntax

nas-ip { ipv4-address | interface interface-type interface-number | ipv6 ipv6-address }

undo nas-ip [ interface | ipv6 ]

Default

The source IP address of an outgoing HWTACACS packet is that configured by using the hwtacacs nas-ip command in system view.

If the hwtacacs nas-ip command is not used, the source IP address is the primary IP address of the outbound interface.

Views

HWTACACS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies a source interface by its type and number. The device uses the primary IPv4 address or the IPv6 address of the interface as the source IP address of an outgoing HWTACACS packet.

ipv4-address: Specifies an IPv4 address, which must be an address of the device. The IP address cannot be 0.0.0.0, 255.255.255.255, a class D address, a class E address, or a loopback address.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies an IPv6 address, which must be a unicast address of the device and cannot be a loopback address or a link-local address.

Usage guidelines

The source IP address of HWTACACS packets that a NAS sends must match the IP address of the NAS that is configured on the HWTACACS server. An HWTACACS server identifies a NAS by IP address. Upon receiving an HWTACACS packet, the HWTACACS server checks the source IP address of the packet.

·     If the source IP address of the packet is the IP address of a managed NAS, the server processes the packet.

·     If the source IP address of the packet is not the IP address of a managed NAS, the server drops the packet.

As a best practice to avoid HWTACACS packet loss caused by physical port errors, specify a loopback interface address as the source IP address for outgoing HWTACACS packets.

If you use both the nas-ip command and hwtacacs nas-ip command, the following guidelines apply:

·     The setting configured by using the nas-ip command in HWTACACS scheme view applies only to the HWTACACS scheme.

·     The setting configured by using the hwtacacs nas-ip command in system view applies to all HWTACACS schemes.

·     The setting in HWTACACS scheme view takes precedence over the setting in system view.

For an HWTACACS scheme, the following restrictions apply:

·     You can specify only one source IPv4 address and one source IPv6 address for outgoing HWTACACS packets.

·     You can specify only one source interface to provide the source IP address for outgoing HWTACACS packets. Make sure the route between the source interface and the HWTACACS server is reachable.

·     The source interface configuration and the source IP address configuration overwrite each other.

If you do not specify any parameter for the undo nas-ip command, the command deletes the configured source IPv4 address for outgoing HWTACACS packets.

Examples

# In HWTACACS scheme hwt1, specify IP address 10.1.1.1 as the source address for outgoing HWTACACS packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] nas-ip 10.1.1.1

Related commands

display hwtacacs scheme

hwtacacs nas-ip

primary accounting (HWTACACS scheme view)

Use primary accounting to specify the primary HWTACACS accounting server.

Use undo primary accounting to restore the default.

Syntax

primary accounting { host-name | ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ port-number | key { cipher | simple } string | single-connection | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] *

undo primary accounting

Default

The primary HWTACACS accounting server is not specified.

Views

HWTACACS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

host-name: Specifies the host name of the primary HWTACACS accounting server, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

ipv4-address: Specifies an IPv4 address of the primary HWTACACS accounting server.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies an IPv6 address of the primary HWTACACS accounting server.

port-number: Specifies the service port number of the primary HWTACACS accounting server. The value range for the TCP port number is 1 to 65535. The default setting is 49.

key: Specifies the shared key for secure communication with the primary HWTACACS accounting server.

cipher: Specifies the key in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies the key in plaintext form. For security purposes, the key specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the key. This argument is case sensitive. The encrypted form of the key is a string of 1 to 373 characters. The plaintext form of the key is a string of 1 to 255 characters.

single-connection: The device and the primary HWTACACS accounting server use the same TCP connection to exchange accounting packets for all users. If you do not specify this keyword, the device establishes a new TCP connection each time it exchanges accounting packets with the primary accounting server for a user.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the primary HWTACACS accounting server belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the server is on the public network, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

Make sure the port number and shared key settings of the primary HWTACACS accounting server are the same as those configured on the server.

Two accounting servers specified for a scheme, primary or secondary, cannot have identical VPN instance, host name, IP address, and port number settings.

As a best practice, specify the single-connection keyword to reduce TCP connections for improving system performance if the HWTACACS server supports the single-connection method.

If the specified server resides on an MPLS L3VPN, specify the VPN instance by using the vpn-instance vpn-instance-name option. The VPN instance specified by this command takes precedence over the VPN instance specified for the HWTACACS scheme.

You can remove an accounting server only when it is not used for user accounting. Removing an accounting server affects only accounting processes that occur after the remove operation.

Examples

# In HWTACACS scheme hwt1, specify the primary accounting server with IP address 10.163.155.12, TCP port number 49, and plaintext shared key 123456TESTacct&!.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] primary accounting 10.163.155.12 49 key simple 123456TESTacct&!

Related commands

display hwtacacs scheme

key (HWTACACS scheme view)

secondary accounting (HWTACACS scheme view)

vpn-instance (HWTACACS scheme view)

primary authentication (HWTACACS scheme view)

Use primary authentication to specify the primary HWTACACS authentication server.

Use undo primary authentication to restore the default.

Syntax

primary authentication { host-name | ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ port-number | key { cipher | simple } string | single-connection | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] *

undo primary authentication

Default

The primary HWTACACS authentication server is not specified.

Views

HWTACACS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

host-name: Specifies the host name of the primary HWTACACS authentication server, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

ipv4-address: Specifies the IPv4 address of the primary HWTACACS authentication server.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of the primary HWTACACS authentication server.

port-number: Specifies the service port number of the primary HWTACACS authentication server. The value range for the TCP port number is 1 to 65535. The default setting is 49.

key: Specifies the shared key for secure communication with the primary HWTACACS authentication server.

cipher: Specifies the key in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies the key in plaintext form. For security purposes, the key specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the key. This argument is case sensitive. The encrypted form of the key is a string of 1 to 373 characters. The plaintext form of the key is a string of 1 to 255 characters.

single-connection: The device and the primary HWTACACS authentication server use the same TCP connection to exchange all authentication packets for all users. If you do not specify this keyword, the device establishes a new TCP connection at each authentication.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the primary HWTACACS authentication server belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the server is on the public network, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

Make sure the port number and shared key settings of the primary HWTACACS authentication server are the same as those configured on the server.

Two authentication servers specified for a scheme, primary or secondary, cannot have identical VPN instance, host name, IP address, and port number settings.

As a best practice, specify the single-connection keyword to reduce TCP connections for improving system performance if the HWTACACS server supports the single-connection method.

If the specified server resides on an MPLS L3VPN, specify the VPN instance by using the vpn-instance vpn-instance-name option. The VPN instance specified by this command takes precedence over the VPN instance specified for the HWTACACS scheme.

You can remove an authentication server only when it is not used for user authentication. Removing an authentication server affects only authentication processes that occur after the remove operation.

Examples

# In HWTACACS scheme hwt1, specify the primary authentication server with IP address 10.163.155.13, TCP port number 49, and plaintext shared key 123456TESTauth&!.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] primary authentication 10.163.155.13 49 key simple 123456TESTauth&!

Related commands

display hwtacacs scheme

key (HWTACACS scheme view)

secondary authentication (HWTACACS scheme view)

vpn-instance (HWTACACS scheme view)

primary authorization

Use primary authorization to specify the primary HWTACACS authorization server.

Use undo primary authorization to restore the default.

Syntax

primary authorization { host-name | ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ port-number | key { cipher | simple } string | single-connection | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] *

undo primary authorization

Default

The primary HWTACACS authorization server is not specified.

Views

HWTACACS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

host-name: Specifies the host name of the primary HWTACACS authorization server, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

ipv4-address: Specifies the IPv4 address of the primary HWTACACS authorization server.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of the primary HWTACACS authorization server.

port-number: Specifies the service port number of the primary HWTACACS authorization server. The value range for the TCP port number is 1 to 65535. The default setting is 49.

key: Specifies the shared key for secure communication with the primary HWTACACS authorization server.

cipher: Specifies the key in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies the key in plaintext form. For security purposes, the key specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the key. This argument is case sensitive. The encrypted form of the key is a string of 1 to 373 characters. The plaintext form of the key is a string of 1 to 255 characters.

single-connection: The device and the primary HWTACACS authorization server use the same TCP connection to exchange all authorization packets for all users. If you do not specify this keyword, the device establishes a new TCP connection each time it exchanges authorization packets with the primary authorization server for a user.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the primary HWTACACS authorization server belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the server is on the public network, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

Make sure the port number and shared key settings of the primary HWTACACS authorization server are the same as those configured on the server.

Two authorization servers specified for a scheme, primary or secondary, cannot have identical VPN instance, host name, IP address, and port number settings.

As a best practice, specify the single-connection keyword to reduce TCP connections for improving system performance if the HWTACACS server supports the single-connection method.

If the specified server resides on an MPLS L3VPN, specify the VPN instance by using the vpn-instance vpn-instance-name option. The VPN instance specified by this command takes precedence over the VPN instance specified for the HWTACACS scheme.

You can remove an authorization server only when it is not used for user authorization. Removing an authorization server affects only authorization processes that occur after the remove operation.

Examples

# In HWTACACS scheme hwt1, specify the primary authorization server with IP address 10.163.155.13, TCP port number 49, and plaintext shared key 123456TESTautr&!.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] primary authorization 10.163.155.13 49 key simple 123456TESTautr&!

Related commands

display hwtacacs scheme

key (HWTACACS scheme view)

secondary authorization (HWTACACS scheme view)

vpn-instance (HWTACACS scheme view)

reset hwtacacs statistics

Use reset hwtacacs statistics to clear HWTACACS statistics.

Syntax

reset hwtacacs statistics { accounting | all | authentication | authorization }

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

accounting: Clears the HWTACACS accounting statistics.

all: Clears all HWTACACS statistics.

authentication: Clears the HWTACACS authentication statistics.

authorization: Clears the HWTACACS authorization statistics.

Examples

# Clear all HWTACACS statistics.

<Sysname> reset hwtacacs statistics all

Related commands

display hwtacacs scheme

reset stop-accounting-buffer (for HWTACACS)

Use reset stop-accounting-buffer to clear buffered HWTACACS stop-accounting requests to which no responses have been received.

Syntax

reset stop-accounting-buffer hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies an HWTACACS scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Examples

# Clear nonresponded stop-accounting requests buffered for HWTACACS scheme hwt1.

<Sysname> reset stop-accounting-buffer hwtacacs-scheme hwt1

Related commands

display stop-accounting-buffer (for HWTACACS)

stop-accounting-buffer enable (HWTACACS scheme view)

retry stop-accounting (HWTACACS scheme view)

Use retry stop-accounting to set the maximum number of transmission attempts for individual HWTACACS stop-accounting requests.

Use undo retry stop-accounting to restore the default.

Syntax

retry stop-accounting retries

undo retry stop-accounting

Default

The maximum number of transmission attempts for individual HWTACACS stop-accounting requests is 100.

Views

HWTACACS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

retries: Specifies the maximum number of transmission attempts for HWTACACS stop-accounting requests. The value range is 1 to 300.

Examples

# In HWTACACS scheme hwt1, set the maximum number of HWTACACS stop-accounting attempts to 300.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] retry stop-accounting 300

Related commands

display stop-accounting-buffer (for HWTACACS)

timer response-timeout (HWTACACS scheme view)

secondary accounting (HWTACACS scheme view)

Use secondary accounting to specify a secondary HWTACACS accounting server.

Use undo secondary accounting to remove a secondary HWTACACS accounting server.

Syntax

secondary accounting { host-name | ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ port-number | key { cipher | simple } string | single-connection | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] *

undo secondary accounting [ { host-name | ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ port-number | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] * ]

Default

No secondary HWTACACS accounting servers are specified.

Views

HWTACACS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

host-name: Specifies the host name of a secondary HWTACACS accounting server, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

ipv4-address: Specifies the IPv4 address of a secondary HWTACACS accounting server.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of a secondary HWTACACS accounting server.

port-number: Specifies the service port number of the secondary HWTACACS accounting server. The value range for the TCP port number is 1 to 65535. The default setting is 49.

key: Specifies the shared key for secure communication with the secondary HWTACACS accounting server.

cipher: Specifies the key in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies the key in plaintext form. For security purposes, the key specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the key. This argument is case sensitive. The encrypted form of the key is a string of 1 to 373 characters. The plaintext form of the key is a string of 1 to 255 characters.

single-connection: The device and the secondary HWTACACS accounting server use the same TCP connection to exchange all accounting packets for all users. If you do not specify this keyword, the device establishes a new TCP connection each time it exchanges accounting packets with the secondary accounting server for a user.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the secondary HWTACACS accounting server belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the server is on the public network, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

Make sure the port number and shared key settings of the secondary HWTACACS accounting server are the same as those configured on the server.

An HWTACACS scheme supports a maximum of 16 secondary HWTACACS accounting servers. If the primary server fails, the device tries to communicate with a secondary server in active state. The device connects to the secondary servers in the order they are configured.

If you do not specify any parameters for the undo secondary accounting command, the command removes all secondary accounting servers.

Two accounting servers specified for a scheme, primary or secondary, cannot have identical VPN instance, host name, IP address, and port number settings.

As a best practice, specify the single-connection keyword to reduce TCP connections for improving system performance if the HWTACACS server supports the single-connection method.

If the specified server resides on an MPLS L3VPN, specify the VPN instance by using the vpn-instance vpn-instance-name option. The VPN instance specified by this command takes precedence over the VPN instance specified for the HWTACACS scheme.

You can remove an accounting server only when it is not used for user accounting. Removing an accounting server affects only accounting processes that occur after the remove operation.

Examples

# In HWTACACS scheme hwt1, specify a secondary accounting server with IP address 10.163.155.12, TCP port number 49, and plaintext shared key 123456TESTacct&!.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] secondary accounting 10.163.155.12 49 key simple 123456TESTacct&!

Related commands

display hwtacacs scheme

key (HWTACACS scheme view)

primary accounting (HWTACACS scheme view)

vpn-instance (HWTACACS scheme view)

secondary authentication (HWTACACS scheme view)

Use secondary authentication to specify a secondary HWTACACS authentication server.

Use undo secondary authentication to remove a secondary HWTACACS authentication server.

Syntax

secondary authentication { host-name | ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ port-number | key { cipher | simple } string | single-connection | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] *

undo secondary authentication [ { host-name | ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ port-number | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] * ]

Default

No secondary HWTACACS authentication servers are specified.

Views

HWTACACS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

host-name: Specifies the host name of a secondary HWTACACS authentication server, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

ipv4-address: Specifies the IPv4 address of a secondary HWTACACS authentication server.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of a secondary HWTACACS authentication server.

port-number: Specifies the service port number of the secondary HWTACACS authentication server. The value range for the TCP port number is 1 to 65535. The default setting is 49.

key: Specifies the shared key for secure communication with the secondary HWTACACS authentication server.

cipher: Specifies the key in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies the key in plaintext form. For security purposes, the key specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the key. This argument is case sensitive. The encrypted form of the key is a string of 1 to 373 characters. The plaintext form of the key is a string of 1 to 255 characters.

single-connection: The device and the secondary HWTACACS authentication server use the same TCP connection to exchange all authentication packets for all users. If you do not specify this keyword, the device establishes a new TCP connection each time it exchanges authentication packets with the secondary authentication server for a user.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the secondary HWTACACS authentication server belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the server is on the public network, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

Make sure the port number and shared key settings of each secondary HWTACACS authentication server are the same as those configured on the corresponding server.

An HWTACACS scheme supports a maximum of 16 secondary HWTACACS authentication servers. If the primary server fails, the device tries to communicate with a secondary server in active state. The device connects to the secondary servers in the order they are configured.

If you do not specify any parameters for the undo secondary authentication command, the command removes all secondary authentication servers.

Two authentication servers specified for a scheme, primary or secondary, cannot have identical VPN instance, host name, IP address, and port number settings.

As a best practice, specify the single-connection keyword to reduce TCP connections for improving system performance if the HWTACACS server supports the single-connection method.

If the specified server resides on an MPLS L3VPN, specify the VPN instance by using the vpn-instance vpn-instance-name option. The VPN instance specified by this command takes precedence over the VPN instance specified for the HWTACACS scheme.

You can remove an authentication server only when it is not used for user authentication. Removing an authentication server affects only authentication processes that occur after the remove operation.

Examples

# In HWTACACS scheme hwt1, specify a secondary authentication server with IP address 10.163.155.13, TCP port number 49, and plaintext shared key 123456TESTauth&!.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] secondary authentication 10.163.155.13 49 key simple 123456TESTauth&!

Related commands

display hwtacacs scheme

key (HWTACACS scheme view)

primary authentication (HWTACACS scheme view)

vpn-instance (HWTACACS scheme view)

secondary authorization

Use secondary authorization to specify a secondary HWTACACS authorization server.

Use undo secondary authorization to remove a secondary HWTACACS authorization server.

Syntax

secondary authorization { host-name | ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ port-number | key { cipher | simple } string | single-connection | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] *

undo secondary authorization [ { host-name | ipv4-address | ipv6 ipv6-address } [ port-number | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] * ]

Default

No secondary HWTACACS authorization servers are specified.

Views

HWTACACS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

host-name: Specifies the host name of a secondary HWTACACS authorization server, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 253 characters.

ipv4-address: Specifies the IPv4 address of a secondary HWTACACS authorization server.

ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of a secondary HWTACACS authorization server.

port-number: Specifies the service port number of the secondary HWTACACS authorization server. The value range for the TCP port number is 1 to 65535. The default setting is 49.

key: Specifies the shared key for secure communication with the secondary HWTACACS authorization server.

cipher: Specifies the key in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies the key in plaintext form. For security purposes, the key specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the key. This argument is case sensitive. The encrypted form of the key is a string of 1 to 373 characters. The plaintext form of the key is a string of 1 to 255 characters.

single-connection: The device and the secondary HWTACACS authorization server use the same TCP connection to exchange all authorization packets for all users. If you do not specify this keyword, the device establishes a new TCP connection each time it exchanges authorization packets with the secondary authorization server for a user.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the secondary HWTACACS authorization server belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the server is on the public network, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

Make sure the port number and shared key settings of the secondary HWTACACS authorization server are the same as those configured on the server.

An HWTACACS scheme supports a maximum of 16 secondary HWTACACS authorization servers. If the primary server fails, the device tries to communicate with a secondary server in active state. The device connects to the secondary servers in the order they are configured.

If you do not specify any parameters for the undo secondary authorization command, the command removes all secondary authorization servers.

Two authorization servers specified for a scheme, primary or secondary, cannot have identical VPN instance, host name, IP address, and port number settings.

As a best practice, specify the single-connection keyword to reduce TCP connections for improving system performance if the HWTACACS server supports the single-connection method.

If the specified server resides on an MPLS L3VPN, specify the VPN instance by using the vpn-instance vpn-instance-name option. The VPN instance specified by this command takes precedence over the VPN instance specified for the HWTACACS scheme.

You can remove an authorization server only when it is not used for user authorization. Removing an authorization server affects only authorization processes that occur after the remove operation.

Examples

# In HWTACACS scheme hwt1, specify a secondary authorization server with IP address 10.163.155.13, TCP port number 49, and plaintext shared key 123456TESTautr&!.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] secondary authorization 10.163.155.13 49 key simple 123456TESTautr&!

Related commands

display hwtacacs scheme

key (HWTACACS scheme view)

primary authorization (HWTACACS scheme view)

vpn-instance (HWTACACS scheme view)

server-block-action (HWTACACS view)

Use server-block-action to specify the action to take for AAA requests if all servers in an HWTACACS scheme are blocked.

Use undo server-block-action to restore the default.

Syntax

server-block-action { attempt | skip }

undo server-block-action

Default

The device attempts to connect to the server with the highest priority in an HWTACACS scheme upon receiving AAA requests if all servers in the scheme are blocked.

Views

HWTACACS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

attempt: Attempts to connect to the server that has the highest priority in the scheme. (Typically, the highest-priority server is the primary server. If no primary server is specified, it is the firstly configured secondary server.) If the device fails to connect to the server, it turns to the backup method.

skip: Skips all servers in the scheme and turns to the backup method.

Usage guidelines

The attempt action gives the device a chance to use the scheme in case the server with the highest priority in the scheme might be available. However, the attempt to communicate with an unavailable server increases the response time for AAA requests. As a best practice, specify the skip action in scenarios that require quick responses to AAA requests.

When processing an AAA request, the device does not turn back to a skipped scheme even though the state of the servers in the scheme changes from blocked to active.

Examples

# In HWTACACS scheme hwt1, configure the device to skip all servers in the scheme upon receiving AAA requests if all servers in the scheme are blocked.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] server-block-action skip

Related commands

display hwtacacs scheme

stop-accounting-buffer enable (HWTACACS scheme view)

Use stop-accounting-buffer enable to enable buffering of HWTACACS stop-accounting requests to which no responses have been received.

Use undo stop-accounting-buffer enable to disable buffering of HWTACACS stop-accounting requests to which no responses have been received.

Syntax

stop-accounting-buffer enable

undo stop-accounting-buffer enable

Default

The device buffers HWTACACS stop-accounting requests to which no responses have been received.

Views

HWTACACS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command enables the device to buffer an HWTACACS stop-accounting request to which no response has been received. The device resends the buffered request until it receives a server response or when the number of transmission attempts reaches the maximum (set by using the retry stop-accounting command). If no more attempts are available, the device discards the request. However, if you have removed an accounting server, stop-accounting requests destined for the server are not buffered.

Examples

# Enable buffering of HWTACACS stop-accounting requests to which no responses have been received.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] stop-accounting-buffer enable

Related commands

display stop-accounting-buffer (for HWTACACS)

reset stop-accounting-buffer (for HWTACACS)

timer quiet (HWTACACS scheme view)

Use timer quiet to set the quiet timer for the servers specified in an HWTACACS scheme.

Use undo timer quiet to restore the default.

Syntax

timer quiet minutes

undo timer quiet

Default

The server quiet period is 5 minutes.

Views

HWTACACS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

minutes: Specifies the server quiet period in minutes, in the range of 1 to 255.

Examples

# In HWTACACS scheme hwt1, set the server quiet timer to 10 minutes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] timer quiet 10

Related commands

display hwtacacs scheme

timer realtime-accounting (HWTACACS scheme view)

Use timer realtime-accounting to set the real-time accounting interval.

Use undo timer realtime-accounting to restore the default.

Syntax

timer realtime-accounting minutes

undo timer realtime-accounting

Default

The real-time accounting interval is 12 minutes.

Views

HWTACACS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

minutes: Specifies the real-time accounting interval in minutes, in the range of 0 to 60. Setting this interval to 0 disables the device from sending online user accounting information to the HWTACACS accounting server.

Usage guidelines

For real-time accounting, a NAS must transmit the accounting information of online users to the HWTACACS accounting server periodically. This command is used to set the interval.

A short interval helps improve accounting precision but requires many system resources.

Table 23 Recommended real-time accounting intervals

Number of users

Real-time accounting interval

1 to 99

3 minutes

100 to 499

6 minutes

500 to 999

12 minutes

1000 or more

15 minutes or longer

 

The device sends a start-accounting packet for a dual-stack user after the user obtains an IP address of one stack. No matter how long the real-time accounting interval is, the device sends an update-accounting packet for the user immediately after the user obtains an IP address of another stack.

Examples

# In HWTACACS scheme hwt1, set the real-time accounting interval to 51 minutes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] timer realtime-accounting 51

Related commands

display hwtacacs scheme

timer response-timeout (HWTACACS scheme view)

Use timer response-timeout to set the HWTACACS server response timeout timer.

Use undo timer response-timeout to restore the default.

Syntax

timer response-timeout seconds

undo timer response-timeout

Default

The HWTACACS server response timeout time is 5 seconds.

Views

HWTACACS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

seconds: Specifies the HWTACACS server response timeout time, in the range of 1 to 300 seconds.

Usage guidelines

HWTACACS is based on TCP. When the server response timeout timer or the TCP timeout timer times out, the device is disconnected from the HWTACACS server.

The client timeout period of the associated access module cannot be shorter than the total response timeout timer of all HWTACACS servers in the scheme. Any violation will result in user logoffs before the authentication, authorization, or accounting process is complete.

Examples

# In HWTACACS scheme hwt1, set the HWTACACS server response timeout timer to 30 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] timer response-timeout 30

Related commands

display hwtacacs scheme

user-name-format (HWTACACS scheme view)

Use user-name-format to specify the format of the username to be sent to an HWTACACS server.

Use undo user-name-format to restore the default.

Syntax

user-name-format { keep-original | with-domain | without-domain }

undo user-name-format

Default

The ISP domain name is included in the usernames sent to an HWTACACS server.

Views

HWTACACS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

keep-original: Sends the username to the HWTACACS server as the username is entered.

with-domain: Includes the ISP domain name in the username sent to the HWTACACS server.

without-domain: Excludes the ISP domain name from the username sent to the HWTACACS server.

Usage guidelines

A username is generally in the userid@isp-name format, of which the isp-name argument is used by the device to determine the ISP domain to which a user belongs. However, some HWTACACS servers cannot recognize a username containing an ISP domain name. Before sending a username including a domain name to such an HWTACACS server, the device must remove the domain name. This command allows you to specify whether to include a domain name in a username to be sent to an HWTACACS server.

If an HWTACACS scheme defines that the username is sent without the ISP domain name, do not apply the scheme to more than one ISP domain. Otherwise, the HWTACACS server will consider two users in different ISP domains but with the same userid as one user.

If the HWTACACS scheme is used for wireless users, specify the format of the username to be sent from the access device to the HWTACACS server as keep-original. Otherwise, authentication of the wireless users might fail.

Examples

# In HWTACACS scheme hwt1, configure the device to remove the ISP domain name from the usernames sent to the HWTACACS servers.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] user-name-format without-domain

Related commands

display hwtacacs scheme

vpn-instance (HWTACACS scheme view)

Use vpn-instance to specify an MPLS L3VPN instance for an HWTACACS scheme.

Use undo vpn-instance to restore the default.

Syntax

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name

undo vpn-instance

Default

The HWTACACS scheme belongs to the public network.

Views

HWTACACS scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

The VPN instance specified for an HWTACACS scheme applies to all servers in that scheme. If a VPN instance is also configured for an individual HWTACACS server, the VPN instance specified for the HWTACACS scheme does not take effect on that server.

Examples

# Specify VPN instance test for HWTACACS scheme hwt1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1

[Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] vpn-instance test

Related commands

display hwtacacs scheme

LDAP commands

attribute-map

Use attribute-map to specify the LDAP attribute map in an LDAP scheme.

Use undo attribute-map to restore the default.

Syntax

attribute-map map-name

undo attribute-map

Default

An LDAP scheme does not use an LDAP attribute map.

Views

LDAP scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

map-name: Specifies an LDAP attribute map by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

When the LDAP scheme used for authorization contains an LDAP attribute map, the device converts server-assigned LDAP attributes to device-recognizable AAA attributes based on the mapping entries.

You can specify only one LDAP attribute map in an LDAP scheme. If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

If you specify another attribute map or change the mapping entries, the new settings take effect only on the LDAP authorization that occurs after your operation.

Examples

# Specify LDAP attribute map map1 in LDAP scheme test.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ldap scheme test

[Sysname-ldap-test] attribute-map map1

Related commands

display ldap scheme

ldap attribute-map

authentication-server

Use authentication-server to specify the LDAP authentication server for an LDAP scheme.

Use undo authentication-server to restore the default.

Syntax

authentication-server server-name

undo authentication-server

Default

No LDAP authentication server is specified for an LDAP scheme.

Views

LDAP scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

server-name: Specifies the name of an LDAP server, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 64 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can specify only one LDAP authentication server in an LDAP scheme. If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# In LDAP scheme ldap1, specify the LDAP authentication server as ccc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ldap scheme ldap1

[Sysname-ldap-ldap1] authentication-server ccc

Related commands

display ldap scheme

ldap server

authorization-server

Use authorization-server to specify the LDAP authorization server for an LDAP scheme.

Use undo authorization-server to restore the default.

Syntax

authorization-server server-name

undo authorization-server

Default

No LDAP authorization server is specified for an LDAP scheme.

Views

LDAP scheme view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

server-name: Specifies the name of an LDAP server, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 64 characters.

Usage guidelines

You can specify only one LDAP authorization server in an LDAP scheme. If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# In LDAP scheme ldap1, specify the LDAP authorization server as ccc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ldap scheme ldap1

[Sysname-ldap-ldap1] authorization-server ccc

Related commands

display ldap scheme

ldap server

display ldap scheme

Use display ldap scheme to display LDAP scheme configuration.

Syntax

display ldap scheme [ ldap-scheme-name ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

ldap-scheme-name: Specifies an LDAP scheme by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters. If you do not specify an LDAP scheme, this command displays the configuration of all LDAP schemes.

Examples

# Display the configuration of all LDAP schemes.

<Sysname> display ldap scheme

Total 1 LDAP schemes

 

------------------------------------------------------------------

LDAP scheme name             : aaa

  Authentication server      : aaa

    IP                       : 1.1.1.1

    Port                     : 111

    VPN instance             : Not configured

    LDAP protocol version    : LDAPv3

    Server timeout interval  : 10 seconds

    Login account DN         : Not configured

    Base DN                  : Not configured

    Search scope             : all-level

    User searching parameters:

      User object class      : Not configured

      Username attribute     : cn

      Username format        : with-domain

    Group filter             : (objectclass=group)

  Authorization server       : aaa

    IP                       : 1.1.1.1

    Port                     : 111

    VPN instance             : Not configured

    LDAP protocol version    : LDAPv3

    Server timeout interval  : 10 seconds

    Login account DN         : Not configured

    Base DN                  : Not configured

    Search scope             : all-level

    User searching parameters:

      User object class      : Not configured

      Username attribute     : cn

      Username format        : with-domain

    Group filter             : (objectclass=group)

  Attribute map              : map1

 ------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 24 Command output

Field

Description

Authentication server

Name of the LDAP authentication server. If no server is configured, this field displays Not configured.

Authorization server

Name of the LDAP authorization server. If no server is configured, this field displays Not configured.

IP

IP address of the LDAP server. If no server is specified, this field displays Not configured.

Port

Port number of the server. If no port number is specified, this field displays the default port number.

VPN instance

MPLS L3VPN instance to which the LDAP server belongs. If no VPN instance is specified, this field displays Not configured.

LDAP protocol version

LDAP version, LDAPv2 or LDAPv3.

Server timeout interval

LDAP server timeout period, in seconds.

Login account DN

DN of the administrator.

Base DN

Base DN for user search.

Search scope

User DN search scope, including:

·     all-level—All subdirectories.

·     single-level—Next lower level of subdirectories under the base DN.

User searching parameters

User search parameters.

User object class

User object class for user DN search. If no user object class is configured, this field displays Not configured.

Username attribute

User account attribute for login.

Username format

Format for the username sent to the server.

Group filter

User group filter.

Attribute map

LDAP attribute map used by the scheme. If no LDAP attribute map is used, this field displays Not configured.

 

group-filter

Use group-filter to configure the user group filter.

Use undo group-filter to restore the default.

Syntax

group-filter group-filter

undo group-filter

Default

The user group filter is (objectclass=group).

Views

LDAP server view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

group-filter: Specifies the user group filter, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 127 characters. The syntax of the filter must meet the filter syntax requirements defined by LDAP servers.

Usage guidelines

When the device requests to import user group information from an LDAP server, the LDAP server sends only user groups that match the user group filter to the device.

Examples

# Configure the user group filter as (&(objectclass=group)(name=group1)) for LDAP server ccc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ldap server ccc

[Sysname-ldap-server-ccc] group-filter (&(objectclass=group)(name=group1))

Related commands

display ldap scheme

ip

Use ip to configure the IP address of the LDAP server.

Use undo ip to restore the default.

Syntax

ip ip-address [ port port-number ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo ip

Default

An LDAP server does not have an IP address.

Views

LDAP server view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-address: Specifies the IP address of the LDAP server.

port port-number: Specifies the TCP port number of the LDAP server. The value range for the port-number argument is 1 to 65535, and the default value is 389.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the LDAP server belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the server is on the public network, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

The LDAP service port configured on the device must be consistent with the service port of the LDAP server.

If you change the IP address and port number of the LDAP server, the change takes effect only on the LDAP authentication that occurs after the change.

Examples

# Specify the IP address and port number as 192.168.0.10 and 4300 for LDAP server ccc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ldap server ccc

[Sysname-ldap-server-ccc] ip 192.168.0.10 port 4300

Related commands

ldap server

ipv6

Use ipv6 to configure the IPv6 address of the LDAP server.

Use undo ipv6 to restore the default.

Syntax

ipv6 ipv6-address [ port port-number ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo ipv6

Default

An LDAP server does not have an IPv6 address.

Views

LDAP server view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of the LDAP server.

port port-number: Specifies the TCP port number of the LDAP server. The value range for the port-number argument is 1 to 65535, and the default value is 389.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies an MPLS L3VPN instance to which the LDAP server belongs. The vpn-instance-name argument is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If the server is on the public network, do not specify this option.

Usage guidelines

The LDAP service port configured on the device must be consistent with the service port of the LDAP server.

If you change the IP address and port number of the LDAP server, the change takes effect only on the LDAP authentication that occurs after the change.

Examples

# Specify the IPv6 address and port number as 1:2::3:4 and 4300 for LDAP server ccc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ldap server ccc

[Sysname-ldap-server-ccc] ipv6 1:2::3:4 port 4300

Related commands

ldap server

ldap attribute-map

Use ldap attribute-map to create an LDAP attribute map and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing LDAP attribute map.

Use undo ldap attribute-map to delete an LDAP attribute map.

Syntax

ldap attribute-map map-name

undo ldap attribute-map map-name

Default

No LDAP attribute maps exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

map-name: Specifies the name of the LDAP attribute map, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

Execute this command multiple times to create multiple LDAP attribute maps. You can add multiple mapping entries to an LDAP attribute map. Each entry defines the mapping between an LDAP attribute and an AAA attribute.

Examples

# Create an LDAP attribute map named map1 and enter LDAP attribute map view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ldap attribute-map map1

[Sysname-ldap-map-map1]

Related commands

attribute-map

ldap scheme

map

ldap scheme

Use ldap scheme to create an LDAP scheme and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing LDAP scheme.

Use undo ldap scheme to delete an LDAP scheme.

Syntax

ldap scheme ldap-scheme-name

undo ldap scheme ldap-scheme-name

Default

No LDAP schemes exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ldap-scheme-name: Specifies the LDAP scheme name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

Usage guidelines

An LDAP scheme can be used by more than one ISP domain at the same time.

You can configure a maximum of 16 LDAP schemes.

Examples

# Create an LDAP scheme named ldap1 and enter LDAP scheme view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ldap scheme ldap1

[Sysname-ldap-ldap1]

Related commands

display ldap scheme

ldap server

Use ldap server to create an LDAP server and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing LDAP server.

Use undo ldap server to delete an LDAP server.

Syntax

ldap server server-name

undo ldap server server-name

Default

No LDAP servers exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

server-name: Specifies the LDAP server name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 64 characters.

Examples

# Create an LDAP server named ccc and enter LDAP server view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ldap server ccc

[Sysname-ldap-server-ccc]

Related commands

display ldap scheme

login-dn

Use login-dn to specify the administrator DN.

Use undo login-dn to restore the default.

Syntax

login-dn dn-string

undo login-dn

Default

No administrator DN is specified.

Views

LDAP server view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dn-string: Specifies the administrator DN for binding with the server, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

Usage guidelines

The administrator DN specified on the device must be consistent with the administrator DN configured on the LDAP server.

If you change the administrator DN, the change takes effect only on the LDAP authentication that occurs after the change.

Examples

# Specify the administrator DN as uid=test, ou=people, o=example, c=city for LDAP server ccc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ldap server ccc

[Sysname-ldap-server-ccc] login-dn uid=test,ou=people,o=example,c=city

Related commands

display ldap scheme

login-password

Use login-password to configure the administrator password for binding with the LDAP server during LDAP authentication.

Use undo login-password to restore the default.

Syntax

login-password { cipher | simple } string

undo login-password

Default

No administrator password is configured.

Views

LDAP server view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cipher: Specifies a password in encrypted form.

simple: Specifies a password in plaintext form. For security purposes, the password specified in plaintext form will be stored in encrypted form.

string: Specifies the password. Its plaintext form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 128 characters. Its encrypted form is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 201 characters.

Usage guidelines

This command takes effect only after the login-dn command is used.

Examples

# Specify the administrator password as abcdefg in plaintext form for LDAP server ccc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ldap server ccc

[Sysname-ldap-server-ccc] login-password simple abcdefg

Related commands

display ldap scheme

login-dn

map

Use map to configure a mapping entry in an LDAP attribute map.

Use undo map to delete the specified mapping entries from the LDAP attribute map.

Syntax

map ldap-attribute ldap-attribute-name [ prefix prefix-value delimiter delimiter-value ] aaa-attribute { user-group | user-profile }

undo map [ ldap-attribute ldap-attribute-name ]

Default

An LDAP attribute map does not contain mapping entries.

Views

LDAP attribute map view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ldap-attribute ldap-attribute-name: Specifies an LDAP attribute by its name. The ldap-attribute-name argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters.

prefix prefix-value delimiter delimiter-value: Specifies a partial value string of the LDAP attribute for attribute mapping. The prefix-value argument represents the position where the partial string starts. The prefix is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 7 characters, such as cn=. The delimiter-value argument represents the position where the partial string ends, such as a comma (,). If you do not specify the prefix prefix-value delimiter delimiter-value option, the mapping entry uses the entire value string of the LDAP attribute.

aaa-attribute: Specifies an AAA attribute.

user-group: Specifies the user group attribute.

user-profile: Specifies the user profile attribute.

Usage guidelines

Because the device ignores unrecognized LDAP attributes, configure the mapping entries to include important LDAP attributes that should not be ignored.

An LDAP attribute can be mapped only to one AAA attribute. Different LDAP attributes can be mapped to the same AAA attribute.

If you do not specify an LDAP attribute for the undo map command, the command deletes all mapping entries from the LDAP attribute map.

Examples

# In LDAP attribute map map1, map a partial value string of the LDAP attribute named memberof to AAA attribute named user-group.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ldap attribute-map map1

[Sysname-ldap-map-map1] map ldap-attribute memberof prefix cn= delimiter , aaa-attribute user-group

Related commands

ldap attribute-map

user-group

user-profile

protocol-version

Use protocol-version to specify the LDAP version.

Use undo protocol-version to restore the default.

Syntax

protocol-version { v2 | v3 }

undo protocol-version

Default

The LDAP version is LDAPv3.

Views

LDAP server view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

v2: Specifies the LDAP version LDAPv2.

v3: Specifies the LDAP version LDAPv3.

Usage guidelines

For successful LDAP authentication, the LDAP version used by the device must be consistent with the version used by the LDAP server.

If you change the LDAP version, the change takes effect only on the LDAP authentication that occurs after the change.

A Microsoft LDAP server supports only LDAPv3.

Examples

# Specify the LDAP version as LDAPv2 for LDAP server ccc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ldap server ccc

[Sysname-ldap-server-ccc] protocol-version v2

Related commands

display ldap scheme

search-base-dn

Use search-base-dn to specify the base DN for user search.

Use undo search-base-dn to restore the default.

Syntax

search-base-dn base-dn

undo search-base-dn

Default

No base DN is specified for user search.

Views

LDAP server view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

base-dn: Specifies the base DN for user search, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 255 characters.

Examples

# Specify the base DN for user search as dc=ldap,dc=com for LDAP server ccc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ldap server ccc

[Sysname-ldap-server-ccc] search-base-dn dc=ldap,dc=com

Related commands

display ldap scheme

ldap server

search-scope

Use search-scope to specify the user search scope.

Use undo search-scope to restore the default.

Syntax

search-scope { all-level | single-level }

undo search-scope

Default

The user search scope is all-level.

Views

LDAP server view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

all-level: Specifies that the search goes through all subdirectories of the base DN.

single-level: Specifies that the search goes through only the next lower level of subdirectories under the base DN.

Examples

# Specify the search scope for the LDAP authentication as all subdirectories of the base DN for LDAP server ccc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ldap server ccc

[Sysname-ldap-server-ccc] search-scope all-level

Related commands

display ldap scheme

ldap server

server-timeout

Use server-timeout to set the LDAP server timeout period, the maximum time that the device waits for an LDAP response.

Use undo server-timeout to restore the default.

Syntax

server-timeout time-interval

undo server-timeout

Default

The LDAP server timeout period is 10 seconds.

Views

LDAP server view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

time-interval: Specifies the LDAP server timeout period in the range of 5 to 20 seconds.

Usage guidelines

If you change the LDAP server timeout period, the change takes effect only on the LDAP authentication that occurs after the change.

Examples

# Set the LDAP server timeout period to 15 seconds for LDAP server ccc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ldap server ccc

[Sysname-ldap-server-ccc] server-timeout 15

Related commands

display ldap scheme

user-parameters

Use user-parameters to configure LDAP user attributes, including the username attribute, username format, and user-defined user object class.

Use undo user-parameters to restore the default of an LDAP user attribute.

Syntax

user-parameters { user-name-attribute { name-attribute | cn | uid } | user-name-format { with-domain | without-domain } | user-object-class object-class-name }

undo user-parameters { user-name-attribute | user-name-format | user-object-class }

Default

The LDAP username attribute is cn and the username format is without-domain. No user object class is specified and the default user object class of the LDAP server is used.

Views

LDAP server view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

user-name-attribute { name-attribute | cn | uid }: Specifies the username attribute. The name-attribute argument represents an attribute value, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 64 characters. The cn keyword represents the user account attribute of common name, and the uid keyword represents the user account attribute of user ID.

user-name-format { with-domain | without-domain }: Specifies the format of the username to be sent to the server. The with-domain keyword means that the username contains the domain name, and the without-domain keyword means that the username does not contain the domain name.

user-object-class object-class-name: Specifies the user object class for user search. The object-class-name argument represents a class value, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 64 characters.

Usage guidelines

If the username on the LDAP server does not contain the domain name, specify the without-domain keyword. If the username contains the domain name, specify the with-domain keyword.

Examples

# Set the user object class to person for LDAP server ccc.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] ldap server ccc

[Sysname-ldap-server-ccc] user-parameters user-object-class person

Related commands

display ldap scheme

login-dn

 

  • Cloud & AI
  • InterConnect
  • Intelligent Computing
  • Security
  • SMB Products
  • Intelligent Terminal Products
  • Product Support Services
  • Technical Service Solutions
All Services
  • Resource Center
  • Policy
  • Online Help
All Support
  • Become a Partner
  • Partner Resources
  • Partner Business Management
All Partners
  • Profile
  • News & Events
  • Online Exhibition Center
  • Contact Us
All About Us
新华三官网